toyota camry 1990 sil
TRANSCRIPT
FOREWORD
This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provideinformation on the electrical system of the 1990 TOYOTACAMRY.
Applicable models: SV21, 25 series
VZV21 series
For service specifications and repair procedures of the abovemodels other than those listed in this manual, refer to thefollowing manuals;
Manual Name Pub. No.
1990 Camry Repair Manual Volume 1Volume 2
TCCS (3S–FE) Diagnosis Manual
ECT (A140E) Diagnosis Manual
ECT (A540E) Diagnosis Manual
1990 Model New Car Features
RM151U1
RM151U2
DM011UDM013UDM014UNCF059U
All information in this manual is based on the latest productinformation at the time of publication. However, specificationsand procedures are subject to change without notice.
TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION
2
INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 12 sections:
No. Section Description
1 INDEX Index of the contents of this manual.
2 INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section.
3 HOW TO USETHIS MANUAL Instructions on how to use this manual.
4 TROUBLE–SHOOTING Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.
5 ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.
6GLOSSARY OFTERMS ANDSYMBOLS
Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
7 RELAY LOCATIONS Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Computer, Relays, JunctionBlock, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit.
8 ELECTRICALWIRE ROUTING
Describes position of the Parts Connectors, Ground points, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit.
9POWER SOURCE(POWER–LOAD,Reference)
Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electricalloads.
10 INDEX Index of the system circuits.
11
SYSTEM CIRCUITS
Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply throughground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown andclassified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to thesection, “How to use this manual”).The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting arealso contained in this section.
GROUND POINTS Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual.
12 OVERALLWIRING DIAGRAM Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
3
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles bydividing them into each system circuit.
The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power sourceis received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shownwith the switches in the OFF position.)
When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit wherethe problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplyingpower to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see GroundPoints section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.
When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuitto isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wire Routing sections to findeach part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiringharness connectors, and ground points of each system circuit. Internal wiring for eachjunction block is also provided for better understanding of connection within a junctionblock.Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from , to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Wiring Diagramat the end of this manual.
4
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
5
: System Title
: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and onlythe Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from theJ/B.
Example: Indicates Relay Block No. 1.
: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (thenumeral indicates the pin No.)
: Connector Color
Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.
: ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector,etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, orspecification is different.
: Indicates related system.
: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harnessconnector. The wiring harness with male terminal isshown with arrows ( ).
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). Thecode (e.g. ) is the same as the code used in partsposition.
: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.and the connector code is shown beside it). JunctionBlocks are shaded to clearly separate them from otherparts (different junction blocks are shaded differently forfurther clarification).
3B indicatesthat it is insideJunction BlockNo. 3.
Example:
: Indicates the wiring color.
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
B = Black L = Blue R = Red
BR = Brown LG = Light Green V = Violet
G = Green O = Orange W = White
GR = Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and thesecond letter indicates the color of the stripe.
Example: L – Y
(Blue) (Yellow)
: Page No.
: Indicates a sealed wiring harness.
: Indicates a ground point.
: Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female and maleconnectors.
Example: Numbered in orderfrom upper left tolower right
Numbered in orderfrom upper right tolower left
The numbering system for the overall wiring diagram isthe same as above.
: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, theparts connector name used in the wire routing sectionis shown in square brackets [ ].
Q
R
S
T
U
V
P
6
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAYAND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
1. DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOWCONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAYFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO RAISE THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS STOP AT DESIREDPOINT.
(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
2. DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND.THE MOTOR CONTINUES TO ROTATE, ENABLING THEWINDOW TO DESCEND.
WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENTBETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY.
3. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW
BY HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) IN “UP” POSITION WHILE OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING THROUGHTERMINAL 2 FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROMSW, STOPS THE WINDOW AND CONTINUING TO TOUCH THE SW, SWITCHES THE FUNCTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION
HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW THROUGH TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OFTHE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO RAISE THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR ISSTOPPED AND WINDOW STOPS AT THE DESIRED POINT.
SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPS THE MOTOR ROTATION.
(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
5. PASSENGER’S WINDOW DOWN OPERATION (POWER WINDOW SW)
HOLDING POWER WINDOW SW ON “DOWN”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL 9 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL 3 TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNSTO LOWER THE WINDOW.
(FOR THE UP OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
(A) POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(B) POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY
3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT UP POSITION
8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION
9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A P4 21 C P5 21 E P6 21
B P2 21 D P3 21
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 16 R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3B 14 J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
D1 26 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
H1 26 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINT LOCATION
C 24 COWL LEFT
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
Q
R
S
T
U
V
P
7
: Explains the system outline.
: Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.
Example: Part A (Power Window Master SW) represents code P4 on page 21 of the manual.
* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its orderin parts starting with that letter.
Part is 4th in orderPower Window Master SW
Example: P 4
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in thesystem circuit.
Example: Connector 1 is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of theinstrument panel.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the systemcircuit.
Example: Connector 3B connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of thismanual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.
: Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the femalewiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).
Example: Connector D1 connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is describedon page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.
Example: Ground point C is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.
POWER SOURCE
POWER SOURCE (Power–Load, Reference)
8
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
The Power – Load section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers) transmitscurrent to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system are explained.Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.
GROUND POINTS
9
The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. Whentroubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify theproblem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( , , and shown below) can also bechecked this way.
10
TROUBLESHOOTING
VOLTAGE CHECK(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the
check point.
Example:– Ignition SW on– Ignition SW and SW 1 on– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)
(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a goodground point or negative battery terminal, and thepositive lead to the connector or component terminal.This check can be done with a test light instead of avoltmeter.
CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK(a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no
voltage between the check points.(b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the
check points.
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and checkagain.When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive sideand the positive lead to the negative side, there should becontinuity.When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be nocontinuity.
(c) Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/Vminimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.
11
FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the
fuse.(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.Example:
– Ignition SW on– Ignition SW and SW 1 on– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the
Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while
watching the test light.The short lies between the connector where the testlight stays lit and the connector where the light goesout.
(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shakingthe problem wire along the body.
CAUTION:Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU andvarious computer unless absolutely necessary. (If theIC terminals are touched, the IC may be destroyed bystatic electricity.)
DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALECONNECTORSTo pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not thewire harness.
HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnectingbefore pulling apart.
12
TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO REPLACEMENT FOR TERMINAL(with Terminal Retainer Type)
1. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR
2. DISCONNECT TERMINAL FROM CONNECTOR
(a) “for A type”
Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporally lockposition.
HINT: The needle insertion position varies accordingto the connector’s shape (number of terminalsetc.), so check the position before inserting it.
“for B type”
Open the terminal retainer.
(b) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull theterminal out from rear.
3. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR(a) Insert the terminal.
HINT:1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the
temporally lock position.
(b) Push the terminal retainer in to the full lock position.
4. CONNECT CONNECTOR
13
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual.
A/C = Air Conditioner
A.B.S = Anti Lock Brake System
A/T = Automatic Transmission
CB = Circuit Breaker
COMB. = Combination
DIFF. = Differential
ECT = Electronic Controlled Transmission
ECU = Electronic Control Unit
EFI = Electronic Fuel Injection
EGR = Exhaust Gas Recirculation
EX. = Except
FL = Fusible Link
ISC = Idle Speed Control
J/B = Junction Block
LH = Left-Hand
M/T = Manual Transmission
O/D = Overdrive
R/B = Relay Block
RH = Right–Hand
SW = Switch
TCCS = Toyota Computer Controlled System
TEMP. = Temperature
VSV = Vacuum Switching Valve
W/G = Wagon Type
W/ = With
W/O = Without
4WD = Four Wheel Drive
METER, ANALOGCurrent flow activates a magneticcoil which causes a needle tomove, thereby providing a relativedisplay against a backgroundcalibration.
LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)Upon current flow, these diodesemit light without producing theheat of a comparable light.
IGNITION COILConverts low–voltage DC currentinto high–voltage ignition currentfor firing the spark plugs.
1. SINGLEFILAMENT
GROUNDThe point at which wiring attachesto the Body, thereby providing areturn path for an electrical circuit;without a ground, current cannotflow.
Current flow causes a headlightfilament to heat up and emit light.A headlight may have either asingle (1) filament or a double (2)filament.
BATTERYStores chemical energy andconverts it into electrical energy.Provides DC current for the auto’svarious electrical circuits.
CAPACITOR (Condenser)A small holding unit for temporarystorage of electrical voltage.
CIRCUIT BREAKERBasically a reusable fuse, a circuitbreaker will heat and open if toomuch current flows through it. Someunits automatically reset when cool,others must be manually reset.
DIODEA semiconductor which allowscurrent flow in only one direction.
DIODE, ZENERA diode which allows current flowin one direction but blocks reverseflow only up to a specific voltage.Above that potential, it passes theexcess voltage. This acts as asimple voltage regulator.
FUSEA thin metal strip which burnsthrough when too much currentflows through it, thereby stoppingcurrent flow and protecting acircuit from damage.
FUSIBLE LINKA heavy–gauge wire placed inhigh amperage circuits whichburns through on overloads,thereby protecting the circuit.
HORNAn electric device which sounds aloud audible signal.
LIGHTCurrent flow through a filamentcauses the filament to heat upand emit light.
METER, DIGITALCurrent flow activates one ormany LED’s, LCD’s, or flourescentdisplays, which provide a relativeor digital display.
MOTORA power unit which convertselectrical energy into mechanicalenergy, especially rotary motion.
CIGARETTE LIGHTERAn electric resistance heatingelement.
DISTRIBUTOR, IIAChannels high–voltage currentfrom the ignition coil to theindividual spark plugs.
2. DOUBLEFILAMENT
HEADLIGHTS
FUEL
M
14
GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
15
1. NORMALLYOPEN
Opens andcloses circuits,therebystopping (1) orallowing (2)current flow.
RESISTORAn electrical component with afixed resistance, placed in a circuitto reduce voltage to a specificvalue.
RESISTOR, TAPPEDA resistor which supplies two ormore different non–adjustableresistance values.
SENSOR (Thermistor)A resistor which varies itsresistance with temperature.
SHORT PINUsed to provide an unbrokenconnection within a junction block.
SOLENOIDAn electromagnetic coil whichforms a magnetic field whencurrent flows, to move a plunger,etc.
SWITCH, DOUBLE THROWA switch which continuouslypasses current through one setof contacts or the other.
SWITCH,IGNITION
A key operated switch withseveral positions which allowvarious circuits. Particularly theprimary ignition circuit, tobecome operational.
Wires are alwaysdrawn as straightlines on wiringdiagrams. Crossedwires (1) without ablack dot at thejunction are notjoined;crossed wires (2)with a black dot atthe junction arespliced (joined)connections.
RELAY, DOUBLE THROWA relay which passes currentthrough one set of contacts or theother.
SENSOR, ANALOG SPEEDUses magnetic impulses to openand close a switch to create asignal for activation of othercomponents.
TRANSISTORA solidstate device typically usedas an electronic relay; stops orpasses current depending on theapplied voltage at “base.”
SWITCH, WIPER PARKAutomatically returns wipers tothe stop position when the wiperswitch is turned off.
SWITCH, MANUAL
SPEAKERAn electromechanical devicewhich creates sound waves fromcurrent flow.
2. NORMALLYCLOSED
RESISTOR, VARIABLE orRHEOSTAT
A controllable resistor with avariable rate of resistance.Also called a potentiometer orrheostat.
2. NORMALLYOPEN
RELAY
1. NORMALLYCLOSED
Basically, an electricallyoperated switch which maybe normally closed (1) oropen (2).Current flow through asmall coil creates amagnetic field which eitheropens or closes anattached switch.
(2) SPLICED
WIRES
(1) NOTCONNECTED
[Body]
[S/D]
16
RELAY LOCATIONS
[Engine Compartment]
[WAGON]
17
[Instrument Panel]
[Body]
18
RELAY LOCATIONS
: J/B No. 1 Left Kick Panel (See Page 17)
19
[J/B No. 1 Inner Circuit]
20
RELAY LOCATIONS
: J/B No. 2Engine Compartment Left (See Page 16)
2 : R/B No. 2 Engine Compar tment Left (See Page 16)
21
[J/B No. 2 Inner Circuit]
[J/B No. 3 Inner Circuit]
22
RELAY LOCATIONS
: J/B No. 3 Instrument Panel Left (See Page 17)
23
1 : R/B No. 1 Left Kick Panel (See Page 17)
4 : R/B No. 4 Right Kick Panel (See Page 17)
24
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[2VZ–FE]
A 1 A.B.S. Actuator C 4 Cruise Control Vacuum PumpA 2 A.B.S. Actuator C 5 Cruise Control Vacuum SWA 3 A.B.S. ActuatorA 4 A.B.S. Check Connector D 1 Diff. Lock Indicator SWA 5 A.B.S. Speed Sensor Front LH D 2 Diff. Lock Solenoid (3S–FE A/T)A 6 A.B.S. Speed Sensor Front RH D 3 Diff. Lock Solenoid (for Diff. Lock, 4WD)A 7 A/C Compressor Sensor D 4 Diff. Lock Solenoid (for Diff. Lock, 4WD)A 8 A/C Condenser Fan Motor D 5 Diff. Lock Speed Sensor Front (A/T)A 9 A/C Dual Pressure SW D 6 Diff. Lock Speed Sensor Rear (A/T)A 10 A/C High Pressure SW (for Radiator Fan) D 7 Distributor (2VZ–FE)
or Short Pin (w/o A/C) D 8 Distributor and Ignition Coil (3S–FE)A 11 A/C Idle–Up VSV D 9 Distributor and Ignition Coil (3S–FE)A 12 A/C A/C Magnet ClutchA 13 A/C Water Temp. SW (for Radiator Fan, 3S–FE) E 1 ECT Solenoid or O/D Solenoid
or Sensor (for Condenser Fan, 2VZ–FE) E 2 EFI Water Temp. SensorA 14 A/C Water Temp. SW (for A/C Cut, 4WD) E 3 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor (for California)A 15 Air Flow MeterA 16 Alternator F 1 Front Clearance and Side Marker Light LHA 17 Alternator F 2 Front Clearance and Side Marker Light RHA 43 A/C Magnet Clutch Relay (for CANADA) F 3 Front Turn Signal Light LHA 44 A/T Fluid Temp. SW F 4 Front Turn Signal Light RH
F 5 Front Washer MotorB 1 Back–Up Light SW (M/T) F 6 Fusible Link BoxB 2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW
H 1 Headlight LHC 1 Check Connector H 2 Headlight RHC 2 Cold Start Injector H 3 HornC 3 Cruise Control Actuator H 4 Horn
25
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[3S–FE]
I 1 ISC Valve R 1 Radiator Fan MotorI 2 Igniter (3S–FE) R 3 Rear Washer MotorI 3 Igniter and Ignition Coil (2VS–FE)I 4 Injector No. 1 S 1 Short Pin (for Fan Check)I 5 Injector No. 2 S 2 Start Injector Time SWI 6 Injector No. 3 S 3 StarterI 7 Injector No. 4 S 4 StarterI 8 Injector No. 5I 9 Injector No. 6 T 1 Throttle Position Sensor
K 2 Knock Sensor (2VZ–FE) V 3 VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up)
N 1 Neutral Start SW and Back–Up Light SW (A/T) W 1 Water Temp. SenderN 2 Noise Filter (for Ignition System) W 2 Wiper Motor
W 3 Water Temp. Sensor (for Radiator Fan, 2VZ–FE)O 2 O/D Water Temp. SWO 3 Oxygen Sensor MainO 4 Oxygen Sensor Sub (3S–FE)O 5 Oil Pressure SW
26
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Body
[SEDAN]
A 29 A.B.S. Computer D 20 Door Courtesy SW Front RH (CANADA)A 30 A.B.S. Computer D 21 Door Courtesy SW Front RH (USA)A 31 A.B.S. Speed Sensor Rear LH D 22 Door Courtesy SW Rear LHA 32 A.B.S. Speed Sensor Rear RH D 23 Door Courtesy SW Rear RH (CANADA)A 33 Auto Antenna Motor and Control Relay D 24 Door Courtesy SW Rear RH (USA)A 34 Automatic Shoulder Belt Computer (USA) D 25 Door Key Cylinder Light and Outside handle SWA 35 Automatic Shoulder Belt Limit SW LH D 26 Door Lock Control SW RHA 36 Automatic Shoulder Belt Limit SW RH D 27 Door Lock Key SW LHA 37 Automatic Shoulder Belt Motor LH D 28 Door Lock Key SW RHA 38 Automatic Shoulder Belt Motor RH D 29 Door Lock Solenoid Front LHA 39 Automatic Shoulder Belt Release Lever D 30 Door Lock Solenoid Front RH
Warning Light (USA) D 31 Door Lock Solenoid Rear LHA 40 Automatic Shoulder Belt SW LH D 32 Door Lock Solenoid Rear RHA 41 Automatic Shoulder Belt SW RHA 42 Automatic Shoulder Belt Spool Release SW F 7 Fuel Pump
F 8 Fuel Pump (All–Trac/4WD)B 8 Back Door Courtesy SW (W/G) F 9 Fuel SenderB 9 Back Door Lock Solenoid (W/G) F 10 Fuel Sender (All–Trac/4WD)
D 17 Door Courtesy Light LH H 8 High Mount Stop LightD 18 Door Courtesy Light RHD 19 Door Courtesy SW Front LH I 13 Interior Light
27
Position of Parts in Body
[STATION WAGON]
J 1 Junction Connector (W/G) P 12 Power Window SW Rear LHP 13 Power Window SW Rear RH
L 1 Licence Plate Light LHL 2 Licence Plate Light RH R 11 Rear Combination Light LHL 3 Light Failure Sensor R 12 Rear Combination Light LHL 4 Luggage Compartment Light (S/D) R 13 Rear Combination Light RHL 5 Luggage Compartment Light SW (S/D) R 14 Rear Combination Light RH
R 15 Rear Interior Light (W/G)M 1 Map Light (w/o Moon Roof) R 16 Rear Side Marker Light LHM 2 Moon Roof Control Relay R 17 Rear Side Marker Light RHM 3 Moon Roof Limit SW R 18 Rear Window Defogger (+)M 4 Moon Roof Motor R 19 Rear Window Defogger (–)M 5 Moon Roof SW and/or Map Light R 20 Rear Wiper Motor
R 21 Remote Control Mirror LHN 3 Noise Filter (Defogger) R 22 Remote Control Mirror RH
R 23 Roof Speaker Rear LH (W/G)P 6 Power Window Master SW and R 24 Roof Speaker Rear RH (W/G)
Door Lock Control SW LHP 7 Power Window Motor Front LH S 10 Speaker Rear LHP 8 Power Window Motor Front RH S 11 Speaker Rear RHP 9 Power Window Motor Rear LHP 10 Power Window Motor Rear RH V 1 Vanity Light LHP 11 Power Window SW Front RH V 2 Vanity Light RH
28
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
A 18 A/C Acceleration Cut Amplifier C 17 Cruise Control Computer O 1 O/D Main SW and A/T Indicator(SV) or A/C Condenser Fan C 18 Cruise Control Main SW LightControl Amplifier (VSV) O 6 OX Sensor Sub (2VZ–FE)
A 19 A/C Amplifier (FWD) D 10 Diode (Electrical Idle–Up System)A 20 A/C Amplifier (All–Trac/4WD) D 11 Diode (Over Drive System) P 1 Parking Brake SWA 21 A/C Cut Relay (All–Trac/4WD) or D 12 Diode (for Interior Light System, P 2 Power Seat Motor (Front Vertical)
Compressor Control Amplifier w/ Door Lock System) P 3 Power Seat Motor (Rear Vertical)(2VZ–FE) D 13 Diode (for Interior Light System, P 4 Power Seat Motor (Slide)
A 22 A/C System Amplifier (for Heater) w/o Door Lock System) P 5 Power Seat SWA 23 A/C System Amplifier (for Heater) D 14 Diode (for Front Wiper System)A 24 A/C Thermistor (3S–FE) D 15 Diode (for Rear Wiper System) R 2 Running Light Control RelayA 25 A/C Thermistor and Diode (2VZ–FE) D 16 Door Lock Control Relay (for CANADA)A 26 A/T Indicator (Instrument Panel) R 4 Radio and Tape PlayerA 27 Air Mix Control Servo Motor E 4 ECT ECU (FWD) R 5 Radio and Tape PlayerA 28 Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor E 5 ECT ECU (All–Trac/4WD) R 6 Rear Window Defogger SW
E 6 ECT ECU (All–Trac/4WD) R 7 Rear Wiper and Washer SW (W/G)B 3 Back Door Lock Control SW (W/G) E 7 ECT Pattern Select SW or Diff. Lock Control SWB 4 Blower Control Relay (All–Trac/4WD)B 5 Blower Motor G 1 Glove Box Light R 8 Recirc/Fresh Control Servo MotorB 6 Blower Resistor G 2 Glove Box Light SW (CANADA) R 9 Remote Control Mirror SWB 7 Buckle SW (w/ Power Seat) G 3 Glove Box Light SW (USA) R 10 RheostatB 10 Buckle SW (w/o Power Seat)
H 5 Hazard SW S 5 Seat Belt Warning RelayC 6 Center Diff. Lock Indicator Light H 6 Heater Control Assembly S 6 Shift Lock Control Computer
(All–Trac/4WD) (Push SW Type) or A/C SW and S 7 Speaker Front LHC 7 Cigarette Lighter Blower SW (Lever SW Type) S 8 Speaker Front RHC 8 Circuit Opening Relay H 7 Heater Control Assembly S 9 Stop Light SW and Cruise ControlC 9 Clock (Push SW Type) or A/C SW and Stop SWC 10 Clutch Start SW (M/T) Blower SW (Lever SW Type)C 11 Combination Meter T 2 TCCS ECU (Engine ECU)C 12 Combination Meter I 10 Ignition Key Cylinder Light T 3 TCCS ECU (Engine ECU)C 13 Combination Meter I 11 Ignition SW T 4 TCCS ECU (Engine ECU)C 14 Combination SW I 12 Integration RelayC 15 Combination SW U 1 Unlock Warning SWC 16 Cruise Control Clutch SW K 1 Key Interlock Solenoid
[2VZ–FE]
[2VZ–FE]
30
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
31
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
[3S–FE]
[3S–FE]
32
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
33
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
34
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
35
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
[SEDAN]
[SEDAN]
36
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
37
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
[STATION WAGON]
[STATION WAGON]
38
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
39
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
40
POWER SOURCE (Power–Load, Reference)
J/B No. 1 (Left Kick Panel)Power Load Page No.
Engine Main Relay 44
7 5A IGNCharge Warning Light 50
7.5A IGNEFI Main Relay (3S–FE), Engine ECU (2VZ–FE) 52, 124Radiator Fan Relay No. 1, A/C Fan Relay No. 2 158
20A WIPERWasher Motor, Wiper Motor, Wiper Relay 98
20A WIPERRear Washer Motor, Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor 100Engine ECU 52, 124Light Failure Sensor, Stop Lights, Hi Mount Stop Light 94
20A STOPCruise Control Computer 120
20A STOPECT ECU (3S–FE) 129Shift Lock Control Computer 140A.B.S. Computer 142
7.5A TURN Turn Signal Flasher 92Check Engine Warning Light 52Integration Relay 68Light Failure Sensor, Rear Lights Warning Light 88, 94Back–Up Lights 96Power Main Relay 102, 148Automatic Shoulder Belt Computer, Automatic Shoulder Belt ReleaseLever Warning Light, Seat Belt Warning Light 114
Seat Belt Warning Light, Seat Belt Warning Relay 118
7.5A GAUGE A/T Indicator, O/D Off Indicator Light, ECT ECU (3S–FE), Engine ECU (2VZ–FE) 124O/D Solenoid, O/D Off Indicator Light 134Diff. Lock Solenoid, Center Diff. Lock Indicator, ECT ECU (A/T) 136A.B.S. Warning Light 142Rear Window Defogger SW, Defogger Relay 146Antenna Motor and Control Relay 150Combination Meter 154Heater Relay, Blower Control Relay, A/C System Amplifier,Recirc/Fresh Control Servo Motor, Heater Control Assembly 158
Engine ECU 67
15A TAIL
Glove Box Light, Combination Meter, Rheostat, ECT Pattern Select SW Light, RearWiper SW Light, Cruise Control Main SW Light, Hazard SW Light, O/D Main SW Light,Rear Window Defogger SW Light, Cigarette Lighter Light, A/T Indicator Light, RadioLight, Diff. Lock Control SW Light, Center Diff. Lock Indicator Light, A/C SW Light,Heater Control SW Light
84
Front Clearance and Side Marker Lights, Licence Plate Lights,Rear Side Marker Lights, Light Failure Sensor, Taillights 88
Clock 139Cruise Control Main SW, Cruise Control Computer 120
15A ECU–IGECT ECU (3S–FE) 129
15A ECU–IGShift Lock Control Computer 140A.B.S. Computer 142Mirror Motor 112Clock 139
7.5A RADIO Shift Lock Control Computer 140Antenna Motor and Control Relay 150Radio and Tape Player 152
15A CIGClock, Cigarette Lighter 139
15A CIGAntenna Motor and Control Relay 150
30A DEFOG CB Rear Window Defogger 14610A MIR–HTR Engine ECU 6710A ENGINE IC Regulator 50
41
J/B No. 2 (Engine Compartment)Power Load Page No.
Integration Relay 68, 76Map Light, Door Key Cylinder Light, Door Courtesy Light, Rear Interior Light, Ignition Key CylinderLight, Interior Light, Vanity Light, Door Warning Light, Luggage Compartment Light 76
20A DOME ECT ECU (3S–FE) 12920A DOMEClock 139Antenna Motor 150Radio and Tape Player 152
7.5A CHARGE IC Regulator 5015A HEAD LH Headlight LH (USA) 7015A HEAD RH Headlight RH (USA) 7015A HEAD–LO (LH) Headlight LH (CANADA) 7215A HEAD–LO (RH) Headlight RH (CANADA) 72
15A HAZ–HORNTurn Signal Flasher 92
15A HAZ–HORNHorns, Horn Relay 111
15A EFI
Fuel Pump, ISC Valve, Engine ECU, Circuit Opening Relay, Check Connector,OX Sensor (Main) (2VZ–FE) 52
15A EFI Engine ECU 67Engine ECU (2VZ–FE) 124
30A FL RDI FAN Radiator Fan Motor 158
R/B No. 1 (Near the J/B No. 1)Power Window Master SW, Power Window Motor 102Power Seat Motor 105
30A POWER CB Door Lock Control Relay, Door Lock Solenoid 106Back Door Lock Solenoid 110Moon Roof Control Relay 148
30AAUTOMATICSHOULDER BELT CB
Automatic Shoulder Belt Computer, Automatic Shoulder Belt Motor 114
Seat Belt Warning Relay 118
10A ECU–B A.B.S. Computer 142Noise Filter (for Rear Window Defogger) 146
R/B No. 2 (Engine Compartment)15A HEAD–HI (RH) Headlight LH (CANADA) 7215A HEAD–HI (RH) Headlight RH (CANADA) 7230A FL CDS FAN Condenser Fan Motor, A/C Condenser Fan Control Amplifier (2VZ–FE) 158
R/B No. 4 (Right Kick Panel)
10A A/C
Heater Control Assembly, A/C SW, A/C Amplifier, Magnet Clutch Relay, A/C Magnet Clutch, A/CIdle–Up VSV (3S–FE), A/C Acceleration Cut Amplifier (3S–FE), A/C Fan Relay No. 3 (3S–FE), A/CCut Relay (ALL–TRAC/4WD), Engine ECU (3S–FE), A/C Condenser Fan Control Amplifier(2VZ–FE), Compressor Control Amplifier (2VZ–FE)
158
40A HEATER CB Blower Motor 158
Fusible Link Box (Near the Battery)IGN Fuse 44
30A FL AM2Noise Filter (2VZ–FE) 46
30A FL AM2Igniter, Ignition Coil and Distributor (3S–FE) 46, 59Injector 52
40A FL MAIN Headlight Relay 44, 68, 70
80A ALT
Taillight Relay 44, 68, 72,84, 88
80A ALT FL 0.5G 46Alternator 50
Fusible Links (Near the Battery)Automatic Shoulder Belt CB, Power CB 44
FL 0.5G Starter, Starter Relay, Start Injector Time SW, Cold Start Injector 46IC Regulator 50
FL 1.0Y A.B.S. Actuator 142
44
POWER SOURCE
TAILLIGHTRELAY
IGNITION SW
15A TAIL
AC
C
IG1
IG2
AM
2
AM
1
30A HEATER CB
30A FL RDI FAN
30A FL CDS FAN
C
BATTERYFUSIBLELINK BOXA
80A
ALT
W
W
1
W
W 20A STOP
30A DEFOG CB
10A ECU–B
W W
6
B–O
B–O
B–Y
5 6L
2 1
B–O
W–B
W–B
2
W–R
B
40A
MA
IN
30A
AM
2
FL 0. 5G
30A POWER CB
30A AUTOMATIC
W
W–R
W
P–L
1
2
2
1
SHOULDER BELT CB
W
W
L–W
W–L
1
1
1
1
1
W
R
C21
D210
4 4
C1
4
D1
13
B
W
237
48
456
1 2
3 4
1 2
L
WW
2 2
2B
W
2A
7
2G32H1
ENGINEMAIN RELAY
2E8
W
G
W
W
W–R
4 3
2
5 1
W–LFL 1. 0Y
2
2
3 2 4
1
DIMMERRELAY
2
2E4
R–B
R–B
1 2
1 2
15A HEAD–HI (RH)
15A HEAD–HI (LH)
2 2
2
15A HEAD–LO (RH)
15A HEAD–LO (LH)
W
R–L
R–L
W
(USA)
( C
TO A. B. SACTUATOR
2B4
2F
4
2B
2
2D
1
2B
3
2F
1
1A
3
1R–B
1J3
1A
2
1A1
1J2 1K4
1K2
2E
20A DOME
15A EFI
15A HAZ–HORN
5
4
2E7
1
3
HEADLIGHTRELAY
AN
AD
A)
HEAD–RH
15A HEAD–LH
4 15A
7. 5A IGN
15A CIG
7. 5A RADIO
20A WIPER
7. 5A TURN
1I
7. 5A GAUGE
15A ECU–IG
1J4 1J5 1J6
B–Y 10A ENGINE
1K
1K7 8
45
TAILLIGHT RELAY2–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNINGENGINE MAIN RELAY
CHANGED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
HEADLIGHT RELAY4–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING(B) IGNITION SW
4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ACC OR ON POSITION8–7, 4–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION
DIMMER RELAYCHANGED FROM HEAD (LO) TO HEAD (HI) WITH DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION OR WITH HEADLIGHT RELAY ON AND DIMMER SW AT HIGH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A F6 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) B I11 28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 23 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
4 23 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I
1J 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1K
18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2B 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2D 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E 20 ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2G20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2H20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C130 (2VZ–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO 2)C132 (3S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
C230 (2VZ–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR WIPER MOTOR)C232 (3S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR WIPER MOTOR)
D130 (2VZ–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)D132 (3S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
D230 (2VZ–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)D232 (3S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
C30 (2VZ–FE)
RADIATOR LEFTC32 (3S–FE)
RADIATOR LEFT
A
2
4 5 6
BLACK
2 3 4
7 8
BLACKB
SERVICE HINTS
46
STARTING AND IGNITION SYSTEMS
ACCIG1
ST1
IG2
AM1
AM2
IGNITION SW
STARTER
M
4
8
1
7
B–W
B–O
W
W–R
W–RW
B–W
A
D
STARTERRELAY(M/T)
B–O
CLUTCHSTART SW(M/T)
C
NEUTRALSTART SW(A/T)
STASTJ
W–B
1
FUSIBLELINK BOX
B
1
BATTERY
G
1 2
B–OB–OB–O
B–W
(A/T)
B–W
( M/T
)
( M/T
)
B–W
B–W
B–Y
W–B
B
B–O
(M/T)
(A/T) B
(M/T)
( M/T
)
( A/T
)
B–W
( M/T
)B
–W
WF
LO
.5G
W–R
80A
ALT
30A
AM
2
5
2
COLDSTARTINJECTOR
STARTINJECTORTIMESW
(FWD)
(W/ ALL–TRAC/ 4WD)
11
11
D1
12
C1
5
K114
G H
F
E
(A/T)
B
K112
2
32
1
2
1
12
4
4 3
B–W B–W
B–W B
B–R
B
1K1 1I7
1J71J2 1J3
1A1 1A2
2B3 2B4
2F1 2F4
1J4
1I12
1N11
D
47
B–O
21
B–
O
W–L
B–
O
DISTRIBUTORIGNITER
G1 G– NE
2 3 1
3 4 1 5 8
G–G1 NE IGF IGT
TCCS ECU
R WB
W–R W B
B
B
B
IGNITION COIL ANDDISTRIBUTOR
TO A/C AMPLIFIER
TO TACHOMETER
SE
ALE
D
BR
( 2V
Z–F
E)
B–O
1
DISTRIBUTORIGNITER
4 3 2
G2 G– NE
G–G2 NE IGF IGT
TCCS ECU
R LB
W–R
W–G B
B
B
B
TO A/C AMPLIFIER
TO TACHOMETER
SE
ALE
D
BR
G1
G1
1324
114132 3 20
Y
L
IJ
2
1
NOISEFILTER
K
W–B
W–B
B–O
B–O
M M
P P P P Q
N N N
O
(2V
Z–F
E)
( 3S
–FE
)
(3S–FE) B–O
5 3
4 1 6
48
STARTING AND IGNITION SYSTEM
(A) IGNITION SW4–1 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION8–7 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
(C) CLUTCH START SW2–1 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
STARTER RELAY(1) 2–(1) 4 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
STARTERPOINTS CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
(D) NEUTRAL START SW (A/T)2–3 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
(G) COLD START INJECTOR2–1 : VOLT WHILE START INJECTOR TIME SW IS CLOSED AND STARTER CRANKING
(H) START INJECTOR TIME SWPOINTS OPEN ABOVE 35°C (95°F)2–1 : APPROX. 20–40 Ω BELOW 30°C (86°F)2–1 : APPROX. 40–60 Ω ABOVE 40°C (104°F)2–GROUND : APPROX. 20–80 Ω
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A I11 28 G C2 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) M D8 25
B F6 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) H S2 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) N D9 25
C C10 28 I D7 24 O I2 25
D N1 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) J I3 24 P T3 28
E S4 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) K N2 24 Q T4 28
F S3 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) L T4 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I 18
1J 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1K 18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2B 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C130 (2VZ–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO 2)C132 (3S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D130 (2VZ–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)D132 (3S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
K1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
B30 (2VZ–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDB32 (3S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
SERVICE HINTS
49
50
CHARGING SYSTEM
A
YB
–O
Y
Y
B–Y
B–Y
IG L S B
3 2 11
W
WB–
Y
Y
W
B–O
W
W
W
Y W W
2
5
CHARGEWARNINGLIGHT[COMB. METER]
FU
SIB
LELI
NK
BO
X
FL
0.5G
80A
ALT
ALTERNATOR
IC REGULATOR
BATTERY
D110
C11
F26
C C C D
L115L415
(EX. 3S–FE FWD)(3S–FE FWD)
8
3
B
1G9
7. 5AIGN
2G4
7. 5ACHARGE
2B6
1L15
10AENGINE
51
ALTERNATOR(C) 1–GROUND : 13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25°C (77°F)
13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115°C (239°F)(C) 2–GROUND : 0–4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A F6 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) C A17 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
B C11 28 D A16 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1G 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1L 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2B20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2G20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C130 (2VZ–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO 2)C132 (3S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D130 (2VZ–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)D132 (3S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F2 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
L1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
2
5
A BLACK
1
2 3
1
3 8
BLACKB C D
SERVICE HINTS
52
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–FE)
THE TCCS SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE E/G, T/M, ETC. AN OUTLINE OF ENGINE CONTROL ISGIVEN HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) WATER TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE WATER TEMP. SENSOR DETECTS THE E/G COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIESACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. THUS THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THW OF THE TCCSECU.
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS ACONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ECU.
(3) OX SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1 OF THE ECU.
(4) RPM SIGNAL SYSTEMCRANKSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS ACONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G1 OF THE ECU, AND RPM IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE FROM THE IGNITER.
(5) THROTTLE SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE, WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TOTERMINAL VTA (W/ECT), PSW (W/O ECT) OF THE ECU, OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL IDL.
(6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE SPEED SENSOR, INSTALLED INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER, DETECTS THE VEHICLE SPEED AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TOTERMINAL SPD OF THE ECU.
(7) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNET CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL A/COF THE ECU.
(8) BATTERY SIGNAL SYSTEMVOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, VOLTAGE FOR ECUOPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TO TERMINALS +B AND +B1 OF THE ECU.
(9) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEMINTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE POTENTIOMETER INSTALLED INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNALTO TERMINAL VS OF THE ECU. INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER THERE IS ALSO A SW FOR FUEL PUMP OPERATION, AND WHEN THEMEASURING PLATE OPENS (AIR INTAKE OCCURS), THIS SW TURNS ON AND CURRENT FLOWS TO THE FUEL PUMP TO OPERATE IT.
(10) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER OR NOT THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING AND THE INFORMATION IS INPUT AS A CONTROLSIGNAL TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ECU.
(11) STA SIGNAL SYSTEMTO CONFIRM THAT THE E/G IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS DETECTED AND IS INPUTAS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE ECU.
(12) NEUTRAL START SW SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE NEUTRAL START SW DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN NEUTRAL OR NOT, AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALNSW OF THE ECU.
(13) ELECTRICAL IDLE–UP SYSTEMTHE SIGNAL WHEN SYSTEMS SUCH AS THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER, HEADLIGHTS, ETC. WHICH CAUSE A HIGH ELECTRICAL BURDEN AREON IS INPUT TO TERMINAL ELS AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* EFI (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE EFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS [1] TO [12]) INPUTS TO THE ECU.BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU, THE MOST APPROPRIATE FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED ANDCURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10 AND #20 OF THE ECU, CAUSING THE INJECTORS TO OPERATE (TO INJECT FUEL). IT IS THIS SYSTEMWHICH, THROUGH THE WORK OF THE ECU, FINELY CONTROLS FUEL INJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS USING THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS [1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11]) INPUT TO THE ECU FROM EACHSENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU, THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ANDCURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT OF THE ECU. THIS OUTPUT CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITIONTIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* ISC (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM
THE ISC SYSTEM (ROTARY SOLENOID TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE E/G IS COLDAND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THE ECU EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUTSIGNALS [1, 4, TO 8, 11, 12, 13,]), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1 AND ISC2, AND CONTROLS THE ISC VALVE.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ECU SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED INTHE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BY READING THE DISPLAY (CODE) OF THE CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT.
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY CONTINUED CONTROLBASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM. THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES)RECORDED IN THE ECU MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
53
(B) (C) (D) (E) INJECTOR1–2 : APPROX 13.8 Ω
EFI MAIN RELAY2–4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
(H) CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY1–2 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING OR MEASURING PLATE (AIR FLOW METER) OPEN
(Q) AIR FLOW METER 1–2 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING MEASURING PLATE OPEN 5–6 : 200–600 Ω (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED) 20–1200 Ω (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN) 5–4 : 200–400 Ω 5–7 : 10–20 KΩ (–20°C, –4°F)
4–7 KΩ (0°C, 32°F)2–3 KΩ (20°C, 68°F)0.9–1.3 KΩ (40°C, 104°F)0.4–0.7 KΩ (60°C, 140°F)
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR(T) 2–4, : 0.2–0.8 KΩ WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND(S) 3–2 STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN)(T) 3–4, : 2.3 KΩ OR LESS WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND(S) 1–2 STOP SCREW 0.5 MM (0.020 IN) Ω WITH 0.7 MM (0.028 IN)(T) 2–4, (S) 3–2 : 3.3–10 KΩ WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN(T) 1–(T) 4 : 3–7 KΩ
(R) EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR1–2 : 10–20 KΩ (–20°C, –4°F)
4–7 KΩ (0°C, 32°F)2–3 KΩ (20°C, 68°F)0.9–1.3 KΩ (40°C, 104°F)0.4–0.7 KΩ (60°C, 140°F)0.2–0.4 KΩ (80°C, 176°F)
TCCS ECU (ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED UNIT)VOLTAGES AT ECU CONNECTORS
(M) 2–(O) 7 : 10–14 VOLTS (ALWAYS)(M) 1,8–(O) 7 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(N) 6–(O) 7 : 8–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)(M) 5–(N) 14 : 4–6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(M) 4–(N) 14 : 4–5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)
0.02–0.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)2–4 VOLTS (IDLING)
(M) 3–(N) 14 : 1–3 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)(N) 10–(N) 14 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)(O) 3–(O) 7 : 6–14 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING)(N)9, 18–(O)7 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(O) 8–(O) 7 : 0.7–1.0 VOLTS (IDLING)(N) 7–(O) 7 : 0.5 OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 SHORT)
: 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 NOT SHORT)(N) 15–(O) 7 : 8–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND A/C SW ON)(N) 8–(O) 7 : 8–14 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE (”CHECK” ENGINE WARNING LIGHT OFF) AND ENGINE RUNNING)(N)11–(N)14 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)(N) 11–(O) 7 : 4–5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)(N) 6–(N) 14 : 8–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)(O) 4–(O) 5 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(O) 9–(O) 10 : 4–5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE(N) 16–(O) 7 : VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
RESISTANCE AT COMPUTER(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR)
(N) 6–(N) 14 : Ω (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN) LESS THAN 2.3 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)(N) 11–(N) 14 : 3.3–10 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) 0.2–0.8 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)(N) 6–(O) 7 : Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) 0 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)(N) 11–(O) 7 : 0 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)(M) 4–(N) 14 : 20–400 Ω (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED) 20–3000 Ω (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)(M) 3–(N) 14 : 2–3 KΩ (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)(N) 10–(N) 14 : 0.2–0.4 KΩ (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)(N) 3–(N) 4 : 140–180 Ω
SERVICE HINTS
54
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–FE)
1 1
1 1
2
1
3
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
K17
K114
C15
D112
D113 C14
H17
L44
V310
M1 2
C K I
IG2
ST1
CLUTCHSTART SW(M/T)
CIRCUITOPENINGRELAY
NO
.3
NO
.1
NO
.4
NO
.2
STARTERRELAY
NE
UTR
AL
ST
AR
TS
W( A
/T)
FUELPUMP
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
INJECTOR
1 4 6
7 1
2 3
IGNITIONSW
TO
CO
LDS
TA
RT
INJE
CT
OR
ST
AR
TIN
JEC
TO
RT
IME
SW
B
B–O
B–O B–O
W–L
G
W–B
L–B
W
Y
B (A/T)
B–W (M/T)
B–WB–W
B–O
B–O
W W
Y
B–Y (M/T)W–R
W–B
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
WWYY
W
YB
–OB
–OB
–OB
–O
B–W
( M/T
)
B–W
( M/T
)
B–W
( A/T
)B
–WB
( A/T
)
B–W
( M/T
)
( A/T
)
W–R
W–B
W–B
B–W
( M/T
)
B( A
/T)
B( A
/T)
B–W
( M/T
)
W–R
W–R
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
W–B
W–BW
–B
G
W–B
L–B
B C D E
A
G
I
H
F
(FW
D)
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
43
1 2
B–W (M/T)
A
B–W
( M/T
)
B–O
L14
( FW
D)
B–W
B–O
B
B–W
B–W (A/T)
B–W (M/T)
W–B
B–W
B–O
7. 5IGN
1I6
1I71I12
1J4 1J7
1K
1
2A7 2C3 2G5
2G6
EFIMAINRELAY
3 2
1 4
2G
2
15AEFI
55
K11 K14
K110
L46
J15J311
3
1
3
2
F13
1 2
1
2
T
S
T
S
T
S
VC
VS
E2
TH
A
FC E
SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R[C
OM
B.
ME
TE
R]
CH
EC
KC
ON
NE
CT
OR
( SE
ALE
D)
EF
IW
AT
ER
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R
ST
OP
LIG
HT
SW
AIR FLOW METER
THROTTLEPOSITION SENSOR
EGR GASTEMP. SENSOR
TO ECT ECU
TTHGE2IDLVTATHWTHAE21VSVCSPD
ACTWSTPELSL3L2L1ECTBATT+B1+B
FP +B
E1 T
VF
OX1
E
FR
OM
ELE
CTR
ICA
LID
LE–U
PD
IOD
E
TO
A/C
AM
PLI
FIE
R
FROMECT ECU
2
3 1 2
3 4
(W/ ECT)
(W/O ECT)
10 5 4 12 10 6 14 12 7
812
1 2 14 6 13 7 9 11 8 16
3 6 4
7564
8
1
TO
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
CO
MP
UT
ER
CHECK ENGINE[COMB. METER]
W–B
L–B
W–R
W
Y
B (A/T)
B–W (M/T)
B–W
W–R
W
Y
B (A/T)
B–W (M/T)
B–W
BR
W
R–W
B–O
BR
L
BRBR
L–R
BR
Y–B
W–R
W–L
B–O
G
W–B
W–B
V–Y
V–Y
L–R
Y–L
W–B
Y–R
GB
R B–R
L BR
BR
BRL
B–R
BR
Y–G
R–W
W
Y–GL–
B
L–B
G–R
G–W
YY
G–R
G–W
G–W
GY–R
Y–GL–
B
Y–B
Y–BW
–L
W–R
W–R
W–R
Y–B
G–B
W–R
L–R
BR
L–B
( FW
D)
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
VQ
R
U
NM
J
TCCS ECU
T1
(W/O
EC
T)
( W/E
CT
)
113 11
PSW
(W/ ECT)
(W/O ECT)
9
L16(FWD)(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
L414L114
11
R–L
R–L
OX2
P
K6
L9R–L G–R
1L11 1F2
7. 5AGAUGE
20ASTOP
3B9
J/B NO. 3
56
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–FE)
57
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A I11 28 K C13 28 V C1 25
B I5 25 L C11 28 W D8 25
C I7 25 M T2 28 X D9 25
D I4 25 N T3 28 Y I2 25
E I6 25 O T4 28 Z O3 25
F C10 28 P C13 28 a I1 25
G N1 25 Q A15 25 b O4 25
H C8 28 R E2 25
I F7 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) S T1 25 (W/ECT)
I F8 26 (S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD) T T1 25 (W/O ECT)
J S9 28 U E3 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 23 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1F 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I
1J18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1K18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1L
2A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2C 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E 20 ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2G 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3B 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D1 32 ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F1 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
J134 ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
J334 ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
K1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
L134 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
L434 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
V3 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (ALL–TRAC/4WD, BACK PANEL LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
B 32 INTAKE MANIFOLD
C 32 RADIATOR LEFT
E 34 LEFT KICK PANEL
I36 (S/D)
LEFT REAR FENDERI38 (STATION W/G)
LEFT REAR FENDER
K 36 (S/D) BACK PANEL CENTER (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
58
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–FE)
59
ENGINE CONTROL (2VZ–FE)
THE TCCS SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE E/G, T/M, ETC. AN OUTLINE OF ENGINE CONTROL ISGIVEN HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) WATER TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE WATER TEMP. SENSOR DETECTS THE E/G COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDINGTO THE WATER TEMP. THUS THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THW OF THE TCCS ECU.
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS ACONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ECU.
(3) OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST. EMISSIONS IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1 OF THE ECU. TOMAINTAIN STABLE DETECTION PERFORMANCE BY THE OXYGEN SENSOR, A HEATER IS USED FOR WARMING THE SENSOR. THE HEATER ISALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU (HT).
(4) RPM SIGNAL SYSTEMCRANKSHAFT POSITION AND E/G RPM ARE DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITIONIS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS G1 AND G2, OF THE ECU, AND RPM IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE.
(5) THROTTLE SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE, WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALVTA OF THE ECU, OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL IDL.
(6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE SPEED SENSOR, INSTALLED INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER, DETECTS THE VEHICLE SPEED AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TOTERMINAL SP1 OF THE ECU.
(7) NEUTRAL START SW SIGNAL SYSTEM (A/T)THE NEUTRAL START SW DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN NEUTRAL OR NOT, AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALNSW OF THE ECU.
(8) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEMTHE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNET CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL A/C OFTHE ECU.
(9) BATTERY SIGNAL SYSTEMVOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, VOLTAGE FOR ECUOPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TO TERMINALS +B AND +B1 OF THE ECU. ALSO, CURRENT FLOWS VIA THE IGN FUSE TOTERMINAL IGSW OF THE ECU.
(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEMINTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE POTENTIOMETER INSTALLED INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNALTO TERMINAL VS OF THE ECU. INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER THERE IS ALSO A SW FOR FUEL PUMP OPERATION, AND WHEN THE MEASURINGPLATE OPENS (AIR INTAKE OCCURS), THIS SW TURNS ON AND CURRENT FLOWS TO THE FUEL PUMP TO OPERATE IT.
(11) STA SIGNAL SYSTEMTO CONFIRM THAT THE E/G IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS DETECTED AND IS INPUTAS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE ECU.
(12) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL SYSTEMENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL KNK OF THE ECU.
2. CONTROL SYSTEM* EFI (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE EFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS [1] TO [11]) INPUTS TO THE ECU.BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU, THE MOST APPROPRIATE FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED ANDCURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20 AND #30 OF THE ECU. CAUSING THE INJECTORS TO OPERATE (TO INJECT FUEL). IT IS THIS SYSTEMWHICH, THROUGH THE WORK OF THE ECU, FINELY CONTROLS FUEL INJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS USING THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS [1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11, 12]) INPUT TO THE ECU FROMEACH SENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU, THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ANDCURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT OF THE ECU.
THIS OUTPUT CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER TO ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONSLOW), AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ECU EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROMEACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS [1, 4, 9, 10, 11]), CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL HT AND CONTROLS THE HEATER.
* ISC (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM
THE ISC SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE E/G IS COLD ANDWHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THE ECU EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUTSIGNALS [1, 4 TO 8, 11]), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1 ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4, AND CONTROLS THE ISC VALVE.
* FUEL PRESSURE–UP SYSTEM
THE FUEL PRESSURE UP SYSTEM CAUSES THE VSV (FOR FUEL PRESSURE UP) TO COME ON FOR HIGH TEMP. STARTS AND IMMEDIATELY AFTERSTARTING IN ORDER TO INCREASE THE FUEL PRESSURE, IMPROVE STARTABILITY AT HIGH TEMPERATURES AND PROVIDE STABLE IDLING. THEECU EVALUATES THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (1, 2, 4 AND 12), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL FPU AND CONTROLS THE VSV.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
60
ENGINE CONTROL (2VZ–FE)
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTIONING IN THE ECU SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTION SYSTEM ISRECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BY READING THE DISPLAY (CODE) OF THECHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT.
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BYCONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEMBY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ECU MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
(C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) INJECTOR1–2 : APPROX. 13.8
(I) NEUTRAL START SW (A/T)2–3 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
EFI MAIN RELAY4–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
(J) CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY2–1 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING OR MEASURING PLATE (AIR FLOW METER) OPEN
(T) AIR FLOW METER2–1: CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING OR MEASURING PLATE OPEN5–6: 200–600 (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)
20–1200 (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)5–4: 200–400 5–7: 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)
4–7 K (0°C, 32°F)2–3 K (20°C, 68°F)0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)
(U) EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR2–1 : 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)
4–7 K (0°C, 32°F)
2–3 K (20°C, 68°F)
0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)
0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)
0.2–0.4 K (80°C, 176°F)
(Y) THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR2–4 : 0.3–6.3 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN.)3–4 : LESS THAN 2.3 K WITH CLERANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.30 MM (0.0118 IN.)
Ω WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.70 MM (0.0276 IN.)2–4 : 3.5–10.3 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULYY OPEN1–4 : 4.25–8.25 K
(Z) EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR1–2 : 69.40–88.50 K (50°C, 122°F)
11.89–14.37 K (100°C, 212°F)
2.79–3.59 K (150°C, 302°F)
(c) OXYGEN SENSOR1–2 : APPROX. 5.1–6.3
SERVICE HINTS
61
TCCS ECU (ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED UNIT)VOLTAGE AT ECU WIRING CONNECTORS(P) 2, 4, 12, 13–(R) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(P) 1–(R) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS(Q) 1–(Q) 9 : 4–6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(Q) 12–(Q) 9 : 4–6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)(Q) 11–(Q) 9 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
4–5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THRTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)(P) 11–(R) 24 : 6–14 VOLTS (CRANKING)(R) 11, 12, 25–(R) 13, 26 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(P) 5–(R) 24 : 8–14 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE AND ENGINE RUNNING)(R) 20–(R) 24 : 0.7–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(R) 4, 5, 6, 7–(R) 24 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(Q) 2–(Q) 9 : 4–5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)
0.02–0.08 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)2–4 VOLTS (IDLING)
: 0.3–1.0 VOLTS (3000 RPM)(Q) 3–(Q) 9 : 1–3 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)(Q) 4–(Q) 9 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)(P) 10–(R) 24 : 8–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND A/C SWITCH ON)(R) 22–(R) 24 : 4–6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND HEATER BLOWER SW ON)(Q) 15–(R) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 NOT SHORT)
0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 SHORT)(Q) 22–(R) 24 : 0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT POSITION P OR N RANGE)
10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT POSITION EX. P OR N RANGE)(Q) 13–(R) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS (STOP LIGHT SW ON)
RESISTANCE AT ECU WIRING COECTORS(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR)(Q) 12–(Q) 9 : Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
0 OR 2300 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)(Q) 11–(Q) 9 : 3.5–10.3 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
0.3–6.3 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)(Q) 1–(Q) 9 : 200–400 Ω(Q) 3–(Q) 9 : 2–3 KΩ (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)(Q) 4–(Q) 9 : 0.2–0.4 KΩ (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)(R) 2, 15–(R)14 : 140–180 KΩ(R) 1–(R) 14 : 140–180 KΩ(Q) 2–(Q) 9 : 200–600 KΩ (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)
20–1200 KΩ (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)(R) 4, 5, 6, 7–(P) 12 : 10–30 Ω
62
ENGINE CONTROL (2VZ–FE)
IG2
ST
1
17
D112
K112
H17
D113 C14
C15
L14
2
1
3
2
1 4 6
32
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
M
C I
NO
.5
NO
.4
NO
.2
INJE
CT
ION
NO
.3
NO
.1
NO
.6
IGN
ITIO
NS
W
CIRCUITOPENINGRELAY
NE
UT
RA
LS
TAR
TS
W( A
/T)
CLUTCHSTART SW(M/T)
FUELPUMP
TO
CO
LDS
TA
RT
INJE
CTO
RS
TAR
TIN
JEC
TO
RT
IME
SW
1 2
B–W(M/T)
B–W(A/T)
B–Y
B–O
GR
W
Y
GR
B–W(M/T) B–W(M/T)
B(A/T)
W
Y
GR
B–WB–W
W–B
L–B
G–R
W–B
L–B
W–R
B–O
B–Y
B–O
W–L
B–Y
B–O
B
W–R
W–R
W–B
W–B
B–W
( M/T
)
B( A
/T)
B–W
( M/T
)
B–W
B( A
/T)
B–W
( A/T
)
B–W
B–O
B–W
( M/T
)
( M/T
)
B–W
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
WYGR
W–B
W–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
W–R
B( A
/T)
B–W
( M/T
)
B( A
/T)
B–W
( M/T
)
B–O
B
A
I
K
J
11
11
STARTERRELAY
B–W
K114
C D E F G H
3 4
1 2
W–B
B–O B–O B–O B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
Y W
B–W
W–B
1I71I12
1J4 1J7
1K
1
1I6
7. 5AIGN
2G
2
15AEFI
2A7 2C3 2G5
2G6
EFIMAINRELAY
3 2
1 4
63
J33 K11 L17 L15 L117 L118 L120 L16
K110 L13
F13
L1
14
3
2
1
2
O
N
O
N
L M6 9
1
1
3
2
E
4 6 5 7
1
2
STOP LIGHTSW
CHECK ENGINE[COMB. METER]
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
TO PA
TT
ER
NS
ELE
CT
SW
TO
A/C
AM
PLI
FIE
R
TO
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
CO
MP
UT
ER
TOO
/DM
AIN
SW
TOB
AC
KU
PLI
GH
T TO A/TINDICATOR
SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R[C
OM
B.
ME
TE
R]
AIR FLOW METERE
FI
WA
TE
RT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
STA NSW A/C OD1 OD2 R N L 2 SP1 VC VS THA THW
PBKW+B1+B
VC
VS E2
TH
A
EFC
11 22 10 21 20 3 16 14 15 9 1 2 3 4
12 13 4 2 1 5 13 7
G
L–R
V–YOY–LR
R–B
G–O
Y–B
B–G
GR
G–W L–
R
W–L
B–O
B–Y
W–R
W–R
W–R Y
Y
G–W
G–R
L–R
BR
L–R
Y–R Y
W–B
OY–LR
R–B
G–O
Y–B
L–W
BR
B–W
B–W
( M/T
)
B( A
/T)
L–B
W–R
W
Y
GR
L–R
G–R
W–B
L–B
W–R
W
Y
GR
B–W
B–W
W–R
B–Y
B–O
W–L
B–O B–O
U
T
P Q
TCCS ECU
M–REL IGSW BATT
L–W L–W
W–B
6
L–W
CHK
S
G–RR–L
V–Y
1L11
20ASTOP
1F2
7. 5AGAUGE
3B9
J/BNO. 3
64
ENGINE CONTROL (2VZ–FE)
L112
12 11 5 6 5 7 4 12 24
3 20 22 19 18 17 10
1 2
4 3
24381
4
2
4321
1
3
15 8 13 4 3 1 1 6 4 3
B
B–O
L–B
W–R
W
J310
L–BW–R
G V
V–R
L–Y
G–B
W–G
B–O
B
B
IGNITER
TO
TA
CH
OM
ET
ER
TO
A/C
AM
PLI
FIE
R
FR
OM
EC
TS
OLE
NO
ID
TO
ST
AR
TE
RIN
JEC
TO
R
11 25
TCCS ECU
THROTTLEPOSITION SENSOR
CHECKCONNECTOR OXYGEN
SENSOR(MAIN)
ISC VALVE
dc
b
Y
ZL B
GR
R–L
W–B
BR
R–L
Y–G
LG–R W W R
–GW
–R
BR
BR
BR
GRYW
BR
BR
L–R
Y
GR
W
Y
GR
OX2 TE1 VF OX
FP +B E1
Q
Y L R B
2 1 15 14
G2 NE G1 G–
W DISTRIBUTOR
W–B
W–B
13 26
(SEALED)
W–B
W–B
(SE
ALE
D)
V
R
BR
10
EG
RG
AS
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R( C
ALI
FO
RN
IA)
2 5
9
BR
d11d12
(SE
ALE
D)
G–Y
L–G
W–L
R–Y
(SEALED)
( SE
ALE
D)
L22 L24
W
( SE
ALE
D)
E
L2
1
L–Y
BR
L–B
L–W
KNOCKSENSOR
e
8614815
B–R
1
W–R
2
9
X
VS
V( F
UE
LP
RE
SS
UR
EU
P)
E2 IDL VTA THG OX2 T VF
IGF IGT ACT S1 S2 SL STJ
KNK OX1 HT ISC2ISC3
ISC1ISC4
#10 #20 # 30 E1
E02E01FPUG–G1NEG2
BR
W–R W–R W–R
BR
W–R
B
W–R
W–R
W–B
1 2
BR
OXYGENSENSOR(SUB)
a
1
W
4 1 2 3
W–R
65
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
1
7 1 2
1 2 2 3 1 2 3
4 6
1 2
2 3 6
1
3
1
2
1 2 3 4 5 9 10 11
12 14 15 16 2220 2113
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
15131211109
1 2 3 4 6 7 8 10 11
14 15 17 18 24
5 12
25 262019 22
13 1 2 4 5 6 7 1 2
1 23 4 1 2
3 4
1 2
1 3
6
8 9
4
11
1 2 3
4 5 6
A B J
K
N O P Q
R T U
V Z
b d
SL
FC ED HGBLACK GRAY DARK GRAY
DARK GRAY BROWN
DARK GRAY DARK GRAY
DARK GRAY BLACK DARK GREEN
DARK GRAY DARK GRAY
GRAY
cW DARK GRAY
W–R
W–R
(SEALED)
I
1 2 3 4
Y
1 2
3 4
a DARK GRAY
BLACK
DARK GRAY
GRAY
1
1 2
e
X
GREEN
BLUE
6
14
9
9
M
66
ENGINE CONTROL (2VZ–FE)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A I11 28 L C13 28 W D7 24
B C10 28 M C11 28 X V3 24
C I8 24 N S9 28 Y T1 24
D I7 24 O S9 28 Z E3 24
E I5 24 P T2 28 a O6 28
F I6 24 Q T3 28 b C1 24
G I4 24 R T4 28 c O3 24
H I9 24 S C13 28 d I1 24
I N1 24 T A15 24 e K2 24
J C8 28 U E2 24
K F7 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) V I3 24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 23 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1F 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I
1J18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1K18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1L
2A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2C20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2G20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3B 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C1 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D1 30 ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F1 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
J3 34 ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
K1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
L134 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
L234 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
d1 30 SENSOR WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (ABOVE THE ENGINE HEAD COVER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
B 30 INTAKE MANIFOLD
C 30 RADIATOR LEFT
E 34 LEFT KICK PANEL
I36 (S/D)
LEFT REAR FENDERI38 (STATION W/G)
LEFT REAR FENDER
67
ELECTRICAL IDLE–UP SYSTEM
K14
B B
E
B B C C D
B
1 3
2 1 3
2A DIODE
ISC VALVE
+B ISC2 ISC1
+B +B1 ISC2 ISC1 E1
BATTELS
9 2
8 1 18 9 7
W–R
W–R
W–R
G–
B
Y BR
W–L
G–B
GBG
TCCS ECU
21 3
1 2
8 9
1 2
8 9
9
18
9
18 7
7
1 2 3
A B
B C
DC
D E
ORANGE DARK GRAY
DARK GRAY DARK GRAY
DARK GRAY DARK GRAY
DARK GRAY YELLOW(FWD)
(FWD)
(FWD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
1N6 1L3 2G2
15ATAIL
10AMIR–HTR
15AEFI
(A) DIODE (ELECTRICAL IDLE–UP)1–GROUND : APPROX 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A D10 28 C T3 28 E I1 25
B T2 28 D T4 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1L18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1N18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2G 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
K1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
B 32 INTAKE MANIFOLD
SERVICE HINTS
68
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
WG
WG
6 5
1
R
WG
[COMB. SW]
40A
MA
IN
80A
ALT
FUSIBLE LINKBOX
2
BA
TTE
RY
11
LIG
HT
CO
NTR
OL
SW
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
2 13
G
R–G
R–Y
DOORCOURTESYSW(FRONT LH)
A A
A A1 4
32
C
D
B
L–Y
L–Y
BR
R–W
LG R–W
R–G
LG
(CANADA)
(CANADA) (CANADA)( U
SA
)
( US
A)
(CANADA)
2 4
3 5
RU
NN
ING
LIG
HT
RE
LAY
E
TAIL H–LP
T H
HEADLIGHTRELAY
1 5
3 4
2F5
20ADOME
2F2
7. 5AGAUGE
TAILLIGHTRELAY
1 2
3 4
1M2G–R
1D4
1B14
1D5
INT
EG
R( J
/BN
O.
1D2
6
Q
7
AT
ION
RE
LAY
1)
RS
1
Q
0
SR
1
2B1 1A3
1M5
1B7
D
1M3
2D
2B
1
2
69
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH GAUGE FUSE.
VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL A 2 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY COIL, AND TOTERMINAL A 3 THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY COIL.
1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION<TURN TAILLIGHT ON>
WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAILLIGHT POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL A 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY.ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL A 2 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL A 1 → TERMINAL2 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES TAILLIGHT TO TURN ON.
<TURN HEADLIGHT ON>
WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEADLIGHT POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS A 1 AND A 4 OF THEINTEGRATION RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL A 3 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TOTERMINAL A 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, ANDCAUSES TAILLIGHT AND HEADLIGHT RELAY TO TURN THE LIGHT ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE.
2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATIONWITH LIGHTS ON AND IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY), WHEN DOOR ON DRIVER’SSIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFFWHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL A 2 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL A 1 IN TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL A 3 TOTERMINAL A 4 IN HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT. AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.
INTEGRATION RELAY7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(A) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF OR TAIL POSITION(A) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF POSITION(A) 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION(A) 1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A I12 28 C D19 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) E R2 28 (CANADA)
B F6 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) D C14 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1B18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D 18 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1M 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2B 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2D20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2F20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
1
A B BLACK C D BLACK
2
11 13
1 2 3 4
BLUE
2
5 6
432 5
E
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
70
HEADLIGHTS (USA)
A6
R R–Y
HEADLIGHTS
DC
LH RH
2
R–Y
R–W
3
B
4
R–L
R–W R–W
R–L
R–L
R–L
R–W
R–L
R–Y
R–G
13 14 12 3
11 9
W–B
BR
W–B W–B
E
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
LOW
HIGH
FLASH
40A
MA
IN FUSIBLELINKBOX
BA
TTE
RY
INT
EG
RA
TIO
NR
ELA
Y( J
/BN
O.1
)
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W
DIM
ME
RS
W
R–G
[COMB. SW]
G
W
R–Y
F210
D11
F1
8
HIGH BEAM INDICATORLIGHT[COMB. METER]
( W/O
INT
EG
RA
TIO
NR
ELA
Y)
R–G
1 2
3
1 2
3
R–W R–L
R–W R–L
4
2
F
W–B
1M 1M 1F3 7 3
D
J/B NO. 3
3B3
1G18
1B5
1M8
1B7
1M 1M5 6
2F5 2E7
2B1
HEADLIGHTRELAY
1 5
3 415AHEAD LH
15AHEAD RH
2A 2A1 32E4
71
HEADLIGHT RELAY4–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATIONPLEASE REFER TO THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 69)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A F6 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) C H1 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) E C14 28
B I12 28 D H2 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) F C12 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1G18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1M 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2B 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E 20 ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE CMPARTMENT LEFT)
2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3B 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
D130 (2VZ–FE)
FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)D132 (3S–FE)
FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F134 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F234 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
1 2 3
2
6
3 43
9 11 12 13 14
2 4
BLACKA B EC D BLACK F
SERVICE HINTS
72
HEADLIGHTS (CANADA)
H
1
11 9
10
13 2 14 12 13 6 2 1 12
G
W–B
G
W
BATTERY
[COMB. SW]
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
LOW
HIGH
FLASH
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W
DIM
ME
RS
W
80A
FLA
LT
7. 5AGAUGE
10AECU–B
40A
FLM
AIN
2
6 5
WW
1
1
2
R–B
R–B
R–W
LG
R–W
G
R–G
4
1
4
2
3
G
R–G
(W/O INTEGRATIONRELAY)
(W/O INTEGRATIONRELAY)
INTEGRATION RELAY
C
B
45
W–B
D RUNNING LIGHTSCONTROL RELAY
W–BBR
FU
SIB
LELI
NK
BO
X
A
RR–L
1F31M71M3
D
2B2
2D1
1N9
73
2
2
3 2 4
1
7 8
3 5 14
W
G
TR
DIMMERRELAY
R–B
TOTAILLIGHT
R–Y
F210
HIGH BEAM INDICATORLIGHT[COMB. METER]
2 2
2 2
2 2
1 1
R–G
R–G
2 12 1
3 3
F F
W–B
W–B
W–B
15AHEAD–HI(LH)
15AHEAD–HI(RH)
RHHEADLIGHTLH
3
2
2
R–B
R–G
R–WR
R–B
W
R–B
R–L
R–L
W
TO CLOCK FROM TERMINAL” L”OF ALTERNATOR
E
W–BF1
8
W–B
R–L
R–L
W–B
C
G–R
D11
R–G
R–W
2
4
G Y
W–B
3B
NO. 3J/B
1B
5
1G18
1M5
1B7
2E4
2A1 2A3
15A
HE
AD
–LO
( RH
)
15A
HE
AD
–LO
( LH
)
HEADLIGHTRELAY
2B1
2F5 2E7
1 5
43
1M2
AILLIGHTELAY
1A3
1K
2
1 2
43
74
HEADLIGHTS (CANADA)
CURRENT FROM THE BATTERY IS ALWAYS FLOWING FROM FL ALT → TAILLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 3 OF RUNNINGLIGHT CONTROL RELAY, FL MAIN → HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 5 OF RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY, AND FLALT → ECU–B FUSE → TERMINAL 12 OF RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THERUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY.
1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATIONWHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, VOLTAGE IS PRODUCED AT TERMINAL L OF THE ALTERNATOR AND WHEN VOLTAGE IS APPLIEDTO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY, THE RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY OPERATES AND CURRENTFLOWS FROM THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TAIL FUSE → TAIL, LICENSE, SIDE MARKER AND FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHTS→ GROUND, AND FROM HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TERMINAL 1 OF DIMMER RELAY → TERMINAL 4 HEAD FUSES (LOWSIDE) → HEADLIGHTS → GROUND.
ACCORDINGLY, EVEN IF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS IN OFF POSITION, EACH LIGHT MENTIONED HERE LIGHTS UP. THIS SYSTEMOPERATES UNTIL THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF.
2. TAILLIGHT OPERATIONWHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO THE TAILLIGHT POSITION, CURRENT FLOWING TO THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (COILSIDE) ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OF INTEGRATIONRELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 2 OF LIGHT CONTROL SW (COMB. SW) → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, TURNING THE TAILLIGHTRELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO FLOW FROM THE TAILLIGHT RELAY → TAIL FUSE→ TAIL, LICENSE, SIDE MARKER AND FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHTS → GROUND, CAUSING THE TAILLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP.
AT THIS TIME, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE ECU–B FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 12 OF THE RUNNING LIGHT CONTROLRELAY TO TERMINAL 7, PROVIDING POWER FOR ILLUMINATION OF THE CLOCK.
3. HEADLIGHT OPERATIONWHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO HEADLIGHT POSITION AND THE DIMMER SW TO LOW SIDE, THE CURRENTFLOWING TO THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 4→ TERMINAL 3 OF INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF LIGHT CONTROL SW (COMB. SW) → TERMINAL 11 →GROUND, TURNING THE HEADLIGHT RELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO FLOW FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY →TERMINAL 1 OF DIMMER RELAY TERMINAL 4 → HEAD LH (LO), RH (LO) FUSE → HEADLIGHTS (LOW) → GROUND, SO THEHEADLIGHTS (LOW) LIGHT UP.
WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS SWITCHED TO THE HIGH SIDE, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF DIMMER RELAY → TERMINAL 3→ TERMINAL 14 OF RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 12 OF DIMMER SW → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND,TURNING THE DIMMER RELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE DIMMER RELAY TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 2 OF DIMMER RELAY →HEAD LH (HI), RH (HI) HEADLIGHTS (HIGH) → GROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS (HIGH) TO LIGHT UP.
WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS TURNED TO FLASH POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 AND 14 OF THE RUNNING LIGHTCONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 14 OF DIMMER SW (COMB. SW) → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND, SO THAT THEHEADLIGHT RELAY AND DIMMER RELAY ARE ACTIVATED IN THAT ORDER AND THE HEADLIGHTS CHANGE TO FLASHING MODE.
WHEN THE HEADLIGHTS ARE LIGHTED UP (WITH THE EXCEPTION OF FLASHING MODE), THE TAILLIGHTS ARE LIGHTED UP ASDESCRIBED IN PART 2 EARLIER.
TAILLIGHT RELAY2–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNINGHEADLIGHT RELAY
4–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITIONCLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING
DIMMER RELAYCHANGED FROM HEAD (LO) TO HEAD (HI) WITH DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION OR WITH HEADLIGHT RELAY ON ANDDIMMER SW AT HIGH POSITION
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
75
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A F6 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) D R23 28 F H2 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
B I12 28 E C12 28
C C14 28 F H1 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 23 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
4 23 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1B18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1G18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1K
1M 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1N
18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2B 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2D 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E 20 ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3B 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
D130 (2VZ–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)D132 (3S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F134 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F234 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
C30 (2VZ–FE)
RADIATOR LEFTC32 (3S–FE)
RADIATOR LEFT
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
H 34 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
76
INTERIOR LIGHTS (w/ DOOR LOCK)
4
1 1 1
1
2
1
2
2
1
F25
M11
b11
M13
P11 M16
M12
F211b12
E213
P1
3
L–Y
R–G R–G
L–Y
R
R–
G
R–
G
R–
G
W–B
W–B
R–
WR
–WB
–WB
–W
R–W
BB
R
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
R–B
MA
PLI
GH
T( W
/M
OO
NR
OO
F)
MA
PLI
GH
T( W
/OM
OO
NR
OO
F)
LH
VA
NIT
YLI
GH
T
RH
INT
ER
IOR
LIG
HT
( W/
MO
ON
RO
OF
)
INTE
RIO
RLI
GH
T( W
/OM
OO
NR
OO
F)
DO
OR
WA
RN
ING
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ER
ER
]
( US
A)
( CA
NA
DA
)
A B C D
FE
G
11
E2
2W–B W–B
W–B
( W/
MO
ON
RO
OF
)
W–
B( W
/OM
OO
NR
OO
F)
R–B
2 DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
FR
ON
TLH
OUT SIDEHANDLE SW
H
I
R–G
R
ON
OF
F
DO
OR
ON
OF
F
DO
OR
1
2
R–W
R
DIODE
J
8
7
RL–
Y
G
G–Y
( CA
NA
DA
)
R–G
( US
A)
1D51I3
1C5
(LE)
( LE
)
INTEGRATION RELAY(J/B NO. 1)
1 4
10 3 6
2
1G7
1L61L5
(DELUX)
( DE
LUX
)
(LE)
1C2 1F4
1K
5
1C
1
D
77
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
E24 E21 O15 X14
W16
Y16N17
V22V32
E29 O12 X15
RRR
R–G
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
L–Y
L–Y
R
G–
R
R–B
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–WR
–W
R–W
R–W
L–Y
L–Y
( S/D
)
L–Y L–YL–YL–Y
R–W R–W
( ST
AT
ION
W/G
)
LAG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TLI
GH
T( S
/D)
RE
AR
INT
ER
IOR
LIG
HT
( ST
AT
ION
W/G
)
DO
OR
KE
YC
YLI
ND
ER
LIG
HT
( LE
)
IGN
ITIO
NK
EY
CY
LIN
DE
RLI
GH
T( L
E)
DOORCOURTESYLIGHT(LE)
RH
(W/G)
(S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD)(S/D FWD)
LH
K L
M N
O
P
1 1
1
2 1
L
R–W
R–W
W–B
R–W
R–W
BA
CK
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
( ST
AT
ION
W/G
)
LAG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TLI
GH
TS
W( S
/D)
REARLH
REARRH
DOOR COURTESYSW
UT
SR1
R
R–Y R–W R–W
( US
AW
/OA
.B
.S
.)
( EX
.U
SA
W/O
A.
B.
S.)
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
FR
ON
TR
H
Q
2 1
DIODE
J
L–Y
L–Y
FRO
MD
OO
RLO
CK
CO
NTR
OL
RE
LAY
N14
R–W
R–Y
(DELUX)
(LE)
R–
Y
R–W
( W/
A.
B.
S)
( W/O
A.
B.
S)
2
1
1N12 1D2 1D4 1B14 2F2
20AD0ME
1L7 1L8 1L6
1D
11
1N7
78
INTERIOR LIGHTS (w/ DOOR LOCK)
INTEGRATION RELAY NO. 1 (J/B NO. 1)(1G) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED
0 VOLT WITH ANY DOOR OPEN20A DOME FUSE : ALWAYS 12 VOLTS(1I) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S DOOR
OUTSIDE HANDLE HOLD UP(1L) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED
0 VOLT WITH ANY DOOR OPEN0 VOLT → 12 VOLTS WITHIN 8.5 SECONDS AFTER DOOR CLOSEDOR AFTER DRIVER’S DOOR OUTSIDE HANDEL HOLD UP
(H) OUTSIDE HANDLE SW (DRIVER’S DOOR)1–3 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OUTSIDE HANL HOLD UP
(I) (Q) (R) (S) DOOR COURTESY SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
(T) BACK DOOR COURTESY SW (W/G)2–GROUND : CLOSED WITH BACK DOOR OPEN
(U) LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A M5 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) I D17 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) Q D18 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
B M1 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) J D12 28 Q D19 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
C V1 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) K I10 28 R D21 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
D V2 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) L D23 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) R D22 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
E I13 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) M D15 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) S D20 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
F I13 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) N D16 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) T B8 27
G C11 28 O R15 27 U L5 26
H D23 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) P L4 26
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1C 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D 18 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1G18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I
1K18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1L18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1N
2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
E2 34 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F2 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
M1 34 COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
N1 34 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
O1 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
P136 (S/D)
ROOF NO 2 WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF ROOF RIGHT)P138 (STATION W/G)
ROOF NO. 2 WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF, ROOF RIGHT)
V2 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
V3 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
W1 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
X1 38 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
Y1 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
b136 (S/D)
INTERIOR LIGHT WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF ROOF RIGHT)b138 (STATION W/G)
INTERIOR LIGHT WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF, ROOF RIGHT)
SERVICE HINTS
79
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
G36 (S/D)
ROOF RIGHT (W/ MOON ROOM)G38 (STATION W/G)
ROOF RIGHT (W/ MOON ROOM)
L 38 BACK DOOR RIGHT
80
INTERIOR LIGHTS (w/o DOOR LOCK)
4
1 1 1
1
2
1
2
2
1
F25
M11
b11
M13
P11 M16
M12
F211b12
E213
P1
3
L–Y
R–G R–G
L–Y
R
R–
G
R–
G
R–
G
W–B
W–B
R–
W
R
R–W
B–W
B–W
R–
W
BB
R
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
R–B
MA
PLI
GH
T( W
/M
OO
NR
OO
F)
MA
PLI
GH
T( W
/OM
OO
NR
OO
F)
LH
VA
NIT
YLI
GH
T
RH
INT
ER
IOR
LIG
HT
( W/
MO
ON
RO
OF)
INTE
RIO
RLI
GH
T( W
/OM
OO
NR
OO
F)
DO
OR
WA
RN
ING
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ET
ER
]
( U.
S.
A.
)
( CA
NA
DA
)
A B C D
FE
G
11
E2
2W–B W–B
W–B
( W/
MO
ON
RO
OF)
W–B
( W/O
MO
ON
RO
OF
)
R–B
2 DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
FRO
NT
LH
OUT SIDEHANDLE SW
H
I
R
ON
OF
F
DO
OR
ON
OF
F
DO
OR
8
7
RL–
Y
G
1C2 1F4
D
1K
5
1C
1
1D51I3
1C5 1G7
(LE)
INTEGRATION RELAY(J/B NO. 1)
(DELUX)
(LE)
10 3 6
41 2
81
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
E24 E21 O15 X14
7
2
1
W16
Y16N17
V22V32
E29 O12 X15R
RRR
–G
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
L–Y
L–Y
R
G–
R
R–B
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
L–Y
L–Y
( S/D
)
L–Y L–YL–YL–Y
R–W R–W
R–W
R–G
G–Y
LAG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TLI
GH
T( S
/D)
RE
AR
INT
ER
IOR
LIG
HT
( ST
AT
ION
W/G
)
DO
OR
KE
YC
YLI
ND
ER
LIG
HT
( LE
)
IGN
ITIO
NK
EY
CY
LIN
DE
RLI
GH
T( L
E)
DOORCOURTESYLIGHT
RH
(USA)
(CANADA)
(W/O INTEGRATIONRELAY)
(W/G)
DIODE
(S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD)(S/D FWD)
LH
P
J K
L M
NO
1 1 1
1
2 1
L
R–W
R–W
R–W
W–B
R–W
R–W
R–W R–W( US
A)
(CANADA)
BA
CK
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
( ST
AT
ION
W/G
)
LAG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TLI
GH
TS
W( S
/D)
REARLH
REARRH
DOOR COURTESYSW FRONT RH
DOOR COURTESY SWUT
SRQ
L–Y
L–Y
( ST
AT
ION
W/G
)
( US
A)
2
1
2F2
20AD0ME
1N12 1D2 1D4 1B14
1N
1L7 1L8
R–W
1L
5
1L6
1D
11
82
INTERIOR LIGHTS (w/o DOOR LOCK)
INTEGRATION RELAY NO. 1 (J/B NO. 1)(1G) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED
0 VOLT WITH ANY DOOR OPEN20A DOME FUSE : ALWAYS 12 VOLTS(1I) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S DOOR
OUTSIDE HANDLE HOLD UP(1L) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED
0 VOLT WITH ANY DOOR OPEN0 VOLT → 12 VOLTS WITHIN 8.5 SECONDS AFTER DOOR CLOSEDOR AFTER DRIVER’S DOOR OUTSIDE HANDEL HOLD UP
(H) OUTSIDE HANDLE SW (DRIVER’S DOOR)1–3 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OUTSIDE HANL HOLD UP
(I) (Q) (R) (S) DOOR COURTESY SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
(T) BACK DOOR COURTESY SW (W/G)2–GROUND : CLOSED WITH BACK DOOR OPEN
(U) LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A M5 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) I D19 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) Q D20 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
B M1 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) J I10 28 Q D21 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
C V1 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) K D25 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) R D23 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
D V2 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) L D17 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) R D24 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
E I13 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) M D18 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) S D22 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
F I13 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) N R15 27 T B8 27
G C11 28 O L4 26 U L5 26
H D25 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) P D13 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1C 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D 18 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1G18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I
1K18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1L18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1N
2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
E2 34 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F2 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
M1 34 COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
N1 34 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
O1 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
P136 (S/D)
ROOF NO 2 WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF ROOF RIGHT)P138 (STATION W/G)
ROOF NO. 2 WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF, ROOF RIGHT)
V2 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
V3 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
W1 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
X1 38 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
Y1 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
b136 (S/D)
INTERIOR LIGHT WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF ROOF LIGHT)b138 (STATION W/G)
INTERIOR LIGHT WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF, ROOF LIGHT)
SERVICE HINTSSERVICE HINTS
83
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
G36 (S/D)
ROOF RIGHT (W/ MOON ROOM)G38 (STATION W/G)
ROOF RIGHT (W/ MOON ROOM)
L 38 BACK DOOR RIGHT
84
ILLUMINATION
TAIL
OFF
HEAD
J/B NO 3
CO
MB
.M
ET
ER
( AN
ALO
G)
EC
TP
AT
TE
RN
SE
LEC
TS
W
GLO
VE
BO
XLI
GH
TG
LOV
EB
OX
LIG
HT
SW
FU
SIB
LELI
NK
BO
X
INTEGRATIONRELAY(J/B NO. 1)
80A
FL
ALT
BA
TT
ER
Y
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W
[COMB. SW]
( W/O
INT
EG
RA
TIO
NR
ELA
Y)
F11
GG
GG
2
1
1 1 1
5 2
2 2 3
WW
LG
G
G
G G G
G
11
22
1
G
G
F1
8W–B
W–BBR
B
J/B NO. 3
B
W–B
A
B
C
E
D G H
G–W
2 3
1
B
W–B
RHEOSTATF
3A12
3B4 3D11
3A1 3A2
1M3
D
1F
3
TAILLIGHTRELAY 15A
TAIL
1 2
3 4
1A3 1M21F6
1N
6
2B2
2D1
.
3A14 3B6 3A13 3D8
85
G G
4
1
6
2
1
2
4
2
4
1
1
3
9
6
G G G G G G GB
–RBBBBB
B–W
( W/G
)R
EA
RW
IPE
RS
W
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TRO
LM
AIN
SW
HA
ZA
RD
SW
O/D
MA
INS
W
RE
AR
WIN
DO
WD
EF
OG
GE
RS
W
CIG
AR
ETT
ELI
GH
TE
R
A/T
IND
ICA
TO
R( IN
ST
RU
ME
NT
PA
NE
L)
I J K M N OL
3
2
2
1P
Q
10
5
G G G
W–G B B
RA
DIO
DIF
F.LO
CK
CO
NTR
OL
SW
CE
NT
ER
DIF
F.
LOC
KIN
DIC
AT
OR
LIG
HT
R S
J/B NO. 3
3C9 3C2 3B7 3D2 3A5 3C8 3D1 3A6 3D9
J/B NO. 3
3C11 3C3 3B5 3D4 3A11 3C10 3C4 3A4 3D12
86
ILLUMINATION
4
1
(PU
SH
SW
TY
PE
A/C
)
( LE
VE
RS
WT
YP
EA
/C)
( LE
VE
RS
WT
YP
EA
/C)
I15
B–R
B–W
G
B–W
GG
A/C
SW
HE
AT
ER
CO
NTR
OL
SW
V
U
T
T
U
16
4
5
3
2
5
1 22
11
1 21 2 1 2
1
3
1 2
1 3
1 2
4 6
2
4
6
910 5
1 2
3 4
A B C
D D E
G H
L
O P Q
S
U
N
BLACK BLACK
GRAY
BLUE
BLUE BLUE
(USA) (CANADA)
1
2 3
F
1
4
I
V
1 2
4 6
1 2
KMJ BLUE
2
3
2
3
R R(W/ ECT) (W/O ECT)
5
16
T
J/B NO. 3
3D10
87
TAILLIGHT RELAY2–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM OFF)
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING
(B) INTEGRATION RELAYPLEASE REFFER TO LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 69)
RHEOSTAT(F) 1–2, : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERCLOCKWISE AND 0 VOLTS WITH FULLY
TURNED CLOCK WISE
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A F6 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) H E5 28 P R5 28
B I12 28 I R7 28 Q R4 28
C C14 28 J C18 28 R R7 28
D G1 28 K H5 28 S C6 28
E G2 28 (CANADA) L O1 28 T H6 28
E G3 28 (USA) M R6 28 U H7 28
F R10 28 N C7 28 V H6 28
G C11 28 O A26 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1M18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1N18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2B 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2D 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3A
3B22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
3C22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1 34 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
SERVICE HINTS
88
TAILLIGHTS (W/O LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR)(W/ LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR)
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W
F1
3
H116
9
10
6
E
2
19 4
11
2
25
2 3 10W
G
Y–G G G
Y–GY
R–L
GG
G( W
/OIN
TE
GR
AT
ION
RE
LAY
)
G
G
G
Y Y
INTEGRATIONRELAY(J/B NO. 1)
BA
TTE
RY
[COMB. SW]
80A
FL
ALT
FU
SIB
LELI
NK
BO
X
D
A
C
RE
AR
LIG
HT
WA
RN
ING
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ET
ER
]
LIGHT FAILURESENSOR
E
F
I
U14
V21V36
V1
1
U1
3
H
G I J
L
K
L
KJIG
H
5
1
4
4
4
1 1 5
1
4
4
4
(S/D)
(STATION W/G)
(STATION W/G)
(S/D)
(S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD)(S/D FWD)
BR
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B LG
GLG
G
GLG
LG–R
LG
GG
LG
( S/D
)
( S/D
)
G
GG
LG LG
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
G
W–B
(S/D)W–B
W–B W–B
W–B
W–BW–B
LG
LH RHTAILLIGHTS[REAR COMB.LIGHTS]
(STATION W/G)
(STATION W/G)
2
3
G
LG
( W/O
INT
EG
RA
TIO
NR
ELA
Y)
( W/
INT
EG
RA
TIO
NR
ELA
Y)
RUNNINGLIGHTSRELAY
BLG G
( US
A)
( US
A)
T
TAIL
(CANADA)
G–R
LG–R(FW–D)
1A3 1M21D6
1F
2
7. 5AGAUG
TAILLIGHTRELAY
W
1 2
3 4
3B
J/BNO. 3
1D14
1B
13
15TAIL
2B2
2D1
D
1M3
89
W15
V11Y15U16
V25V35
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
2
1
L K C
G
G
W–B
W–B
W–B
G
G G
W–B
G
G GG
GGGG
G G G G G G
G
W–B W
–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
(S/D)
(S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD)(S/D FWD)
(S/D)(STATION W/G)
LH LH LHRH RH RHLICENCEPLATELIGHTS
REARSIDEMARKERLIGHTS
FRONTCLEARANCEANDSIDEMARKERLIGHTS
M N O P Q R
( ST
AT
ION
W/G
)
W–B (STATION W/G)
90
TAILLIGHTS
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE LIGHTFAILURE SENSOR THROUGH THE TAIL FUSE.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT FAILURESENSOR AND THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.
TAIL LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNINGWITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, IF THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT ISOPEN, THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE FAILURE BY THE CHANGE IN CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 10 OF THELIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 4, AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED.
AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND AND TURNSTHE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON, WHICH REMAINS ON UNTIL THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED OFF.
TAILLIGHT RELAY2–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (INTEGRATION RELAY ON)
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING
(C) INTEGRATION RELAYPLEASE REFER TO LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 69)
(E) LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR(DISCONNECT THE FAILURE SENSOR AND INSPECT THE CONNECTOR)10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON 9–GROUND : CONTINUITY 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A F6 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) G R11 26 M L1 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
B R2 28 (CANADA) H R11 27 N L2 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
C I12 28 I R12 26 O R16 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
D C14 28 J R13 26 P R17 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
E L3 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) K R14 26 Q F1 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
F C13 28 L R14 27 R F2 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1B18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D 18 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1M 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2B 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2D 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3B 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
U1 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR)
V1 38 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
V236 FLOOR NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
V336 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
W1 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
Y1 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
91
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
C30 (2VZ–FE)
RADIATOR LEFTC32 (3S–FE)
RADIATOR LEFT
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
I36 (S/D)
LEFT REAR FENDERI38 (STATION W/G)
LEFT REAR FENDER
K36 (S/D)
BACK PANEL CENTERK38 (STATION W/G)
BACK PANEL CENTER
L 38 DECK RIGHT
92
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS
OFF
ON
RH
LH
F218 F22
F217
F2
7F24
V3
4
V2
6
V1
5
D
C
H
G
G
H
C
D2
3
2
3
F18
I C A K
3
3
4
4
3
3
4
4
(S/D)
(STATION W/G)
(S/D)
(STATION W/G)
(S/D)
(STATION W/G)
(S/D)
(STATION W/G)
INDICATORLIGHTS[COMB. METER]
FRO
NT
LH
FRO
NT
RH
RE
AR
RH
[RE
AR
CO
MB
.LI
GH
T]
RE
AR
LH[R
EA
RC
OM
B.
LIG
HT
]
TURN SIGNAL SW[COMB. SW]HAZARD SW
TURN SIGNALFLASHER
(USA)
(CANADA)
( US
A)
( US
AS
/DS
TD
)
( EX
.U
SA
S/D
ST
D)
( CA
NA
DA
)
HAZARD TURN
7 9 5 6 5 1 8
3
10 8
2
1
(STATION W/G)
( S/D
ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
( S/D
FW
D)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–
B
W–B
G–Y
G–Y
G–Y
G–B
G–B
G–B
G–B
G–Y
G–Y
G–B
G–Y
G–
W
G–
W
G–R
G–R
G–L
G–W
G–B
G–Y G
–B
G–W
G–Y
W
LL W
W–B
G–Y G–Y
G–Y
G–Y
G–B
G–W
G–B
G–Y
G–W
W
G–W
W–B
G–Y
G–B
AB
FE
LH RH
1
1
1
I1I1
(CANADA) 15(USA) 4
I
2
3 1
1G12
7. 5ATURN
2F3
15AHAZ–HORN
1B
4
1G
16
1D1 1B9 1B10 1D15
1M10 1G11 1G19 1M1
1G14
1M4
1K6
1L14
D
1F3
D
3B3
J/BNO. 3
1
8
3
4
23
1 2 3
B
I
HDBLACK
55 6 7 8 9 10 3 4
A GC FE GRAY
93
TURN SIGNAL FLASHER2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON OR HAZARD SW ON1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM 12 TO 0 VOLT WITH IGNITION SW ON AND TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT,
OR WITH HAZARD SW ON3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A H5 28 D R11 27 G R14 26
B C14 28 E F3 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) H R14 27
C R11 26 F F4 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) I C12 28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 23 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D 18 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1G18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1K
1L 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1M
18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3B 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F2 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1 34 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
V1 38 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
V2 36FLOOR NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
V3 36FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
A30 (2VS–FE)
RIGHT FENDERA32 (3S–FE)
RIGHT FENDER
C30 (2VS–FE)
RADIATOR LEFTC32 (3S–FE)
RADIATOR LEFT
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
I36 (S/D)
LEFT REAR FENDERI38 (STATION W/G)
LEFT REAR FENDER
K36 (S/D) BACK PANEL CENTER
K38 (STATION W/G) DECK RIGHT
SERVICE HINTS
94
STOP LIGHTS (W/O LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR)(W/ LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR)
3
1
H114
F1
3
10
W1
4
V14 U12V23V31
1 9
7 2 3
B
A
A
B2
1
Y Y
G–W G–W G–W
G–RG–R
G–R
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–R
G–W
G–R
G–W
G–R G
–W
G–R
YY Y–G
Y–G
R–L
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
(STATION W/G)
STOP LIGHTSW
(S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(S/D FWD)
( S/D
)
( S/D
)
RE
AR
LIG
HT
WA
RN
ING
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ET
ER
]
D
C
G
E F H
J
I
I
J
HFE
G
2
1
K I L I
U13
Y14
(S/D)
(S/D)
(STATION W/G)
(STATION W/G)
G–R
W–B
W–B
(S/D) W–B
G–R
G–W
G–R
G–R
G–R
G–R
G–W
G–R
G–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
2
2
2 2 2
2
4
4
444
4
(STATION W/G)
STOP LIGHTS[REAR COMB.LIGHT]
HIGH MOUNTSTOP LIGHTLH RH
(STATION W/G)
G–R
W–B
6
K
W–B
( ST
ATI
ON
W/G
)
HOLDCIRCUIT
1L11 1D6
1F
2
20ASTOP 7. 5A
GAUGE
3B9
J/BNO. 3
1L10
1D8
1
3
1
2 6 10
2
42
4
1 2
A B C
KF H G J
BROWN
1 2 3
7 9
D IE
24
95
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH A STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT FAILURESENSOR AND THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.
STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE BRAKE PEDAL IS PRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON), IF THE STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT ISOPEN, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 1 CHANGES, SO THE LIGHTFAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE DISCONNECTION AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED.
AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND AND TURNSTHE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON. BY PRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHTFAILURE SENSOR KEEPS THE WARNING CIRCUIT ON HOLD AND THE WARNING LIGHT ON UNTIL THE IGNITION SW TURNED OFF.
STOP LIGHT SW(A) 1–(A) 3 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)(B) 1–(B) 2 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
(D) LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR1, 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON2, 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON9–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A S9 28 E R11 26 I R14 26B S9 28 F R12 26 J R14 27C C13 28 G R11 27 K H8 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)D L3 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) H R13 26
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1D 18 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)1F 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)1L 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)3B 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)H1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)U1 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR)V1 38 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
V2 36FLOOR NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
V3 36FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
W1 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)Y1 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
I36 (S/D)
LEFT REAR FENDERI38 (STATION W/G)
LEFT REAR FENDER
K36 (S/D) BACK PANEL CENTER
K38 (STATION W/G) DECK RIGHT
L 38 BACK DOOR RIGHT
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
96
BACK–UP LIGHTS
R–L
R–
BR
–L
R–L
R–B
R–B
R–B
R–B
R–L
W–B
W–B
R–B
W–B W–B
W–B
I
R–L
(M/T)(A/T)
2
6
1
5(M/T)
(A/T)
BACK–UPLIGHT SW
(STATION W/G)
( S/D
)
RHLHBACK–UP LIGHT[REAR COMB.LIGHT]
RHBACK–UP LIGHT[REAR COMB.LIGHT]
LH
L
W–B
U13
H112
D14
C13
L15
Y11U11
W1
1
B
A
A
B
C D E F
4 4 4 4
3 3 1 1
R–B
1I11
7. 5AGAUGE
97
BACK–UP LIGHT SW(A) 5–6. (B) 1–2 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A N1 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) C R12 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) E R12 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
B B1 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) D R13 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) F R13 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1I 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C130 (2VS–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO 2)C132 (3S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D130 (2VS–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)D132 (3S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
L1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
U1 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR)
W1 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
Y1 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
I 36 LEFT REAR FENDER
L 38 BACK DOOR RIGHT
1 2
(A/T) (M/T)
5 6 34
14
DC FEA BGRAY GRAY
SERVICE HINTS
98
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
A
8
4
7
W–B
L–Y
L–B
L
M
D
W–B
L–B L
L–Y
1 2 4 3
L–B L
L–Y
L–O
M
2
1
L–W
16
13
18
B
L–O
L–O
WIPER RELAY
+2 +1 B +S
L
WIPER AND WASHER[COMB. SW]
SW (W/ WIPER RELAY)
OF
F
INT
LOW
/MIS
T
HIG
H
WA
SH
ER
FRONTWASHERMOTOR
WIPER MOTOR
L–R
D26 D25 D23 D24
L
2 1
C
L
L–W
( W/
RE
AR
WIP
ER
)
DIODE(FOR FRONTWIPER)
(W/O REAR WIPER)
LG
L–W
1I9
1B
1I
1
2
20AWIPER
1B
3
DIODE
D
1I13
99
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW, TERMINAL 2 OFTHE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 4 OF THE WIPER MOTOR THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE.
1. LOW SPEED POSITIONWITH WIPER SW TURNED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUNAT LOW SPEED.
2. HIGH SPEED POSITIONWITH WIPER SW TURNED TO HIGH POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TORUN AT HIGH SPEED.
3. INT POSITION (W/ INT SW)WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAYFUNCTION FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND. THIS FLOW OF CURRENTOPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND THE WIPER FUNCTIONS.
THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER’S CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED INRELAY AND THE INTERMITTENT TIME IS CONTROLLED BY A TIME CONTROL SW TO CHANGE THE CHARGING TIME OF THECONDENSER.
4. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION (W/ INT CONTROL)WITH WASHER SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 →TERMINAL 8 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WASHER MOTOR TO RUN ANDWINDOW WASHER TO JET. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW TO WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUIT (W/ INT SW) INTERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND THEWIPER FUNCTION.
(A) WIPER AND WASHER SW16–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS EVERY 4 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH WIPER SW AT INT POSITION4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION
13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION(D) WIPER MOTOR
3–4 : CLOSED UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A C15 28 C D14 28
B F5 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) D W2 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
D230 (2VZ–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)D232 (3S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
18
4 7 8
13 16
1 2
A BBLACK
211 23 4
DGRAYC BLACKGRAY
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
100
REAR WIPER AND WASHER
Y31 Y34 Y36F28
F18
W31
G113
W34
H11 H17
W36
D D D
M
1
2
M REAR WIPERMOTOR
REAR WIPER RELAY
321
WASHER 2
INT
OFF
WASHER 1
5 7 8
REAR WASHERMOTOR
REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW
L
L–R
L–B
LL
L
LG
LG–B
LG–B
L–B
L–B
W–B
LG–B
L–B
L–B
LG–B
W–B
W–B
L–R
A
B 1 2
5 7 8
1 2 3
A
B
D
GRAY
L+B
S
IC
1
2
L–B
L–B
LG–B
DIODE(FOR REAR WIPER)
21
C GRAY
W–B
2 3 5
641
C
1B31I9
20AWIPER
1G13
1B6
3C16
J/BNO. 3
D
1F3
101
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPERRELAY, TERMINAL +B OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR WASHER MOTOR.
1. REAR WIPER OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW IS TURNED TO THE INT POSITION, THE CURRENTFLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 7 OF REAR WIPER ANDWASHER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, CAUSING THE RELAY INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT TO OPERATE SO THAT THE CURRENTFLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL L OF REAR WIPER MOTOR → GROUND. THISCAUSES THE WIPER MOTOR TO OPERATE THE WIPER.
2. WASHER OPERATION (WIPER OFF)WHEN THE WASHER SW IS PUSHED WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE WIPER OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 2 OFTHE REAR WASHER MOTOR FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 OF REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, AND THE WASHER SPRAYS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS PUSHED. THIS CURRENT FLOW CAUSES THECURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF REAR WIPER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 5 OF WIPER AND WASHER SW→ TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, CAUSING THE CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUIT OF THE RELAY TO OPERATE. ACCORDINGLY, THECURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF RELAY → TERMINAL L OF WIPER MOTOR →GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER TO OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY. THE WIPER CONTINUES TO OPERATE FOR APPROX. 3 SECS. AFTERTHE WASHER SW IS TURNED OFF.
3. WASHER OPERATION (WIPER ON)WHEN THE WIPER AND WASHER SW IS PUSHED MORE STRONGLY DURING WIPER OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TOTERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 5 OF WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 8 →GROUND, SO THE WASHER SPRAYS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS PRESSED. THIS CURRENT FLOW CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWINGTO TERMINAL 1 OF RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 5 OF WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND,CAUSING THE CONTINUOUS OPERATION SWITCH OF THE RELAY TO OPERATE. THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF RELAYTHEN FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF RELAY → TERMINAL L OF WIPER MOTOR → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER TO OPERATECONTINUOUSLY. THE WIPER CONTINUES TO OPERATE FOR APPROX. 3 SECS. AFTER THE WASHER SW IS TURNED OFF.
(A) REAR WASHER MOTOR2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH WASHER SW TURNED ON
REAR WIPER RELAY1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY1–3 : POINTS CHANGES EVERY 12 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH IGNTION SW ON AND WIPER SW AT INT POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A R3 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) C D15 28
B R7 28 D R20 27
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)1B 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1G18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)3C 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F134 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F234 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
G1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
W3 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
Y3 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
102
POWER WINDOWS
1
1 1
1 1
E110
O24 O22 O23
E15 E16
E22
M
DO
WN
UP
5 2 3
M2 1
+–
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
5
7
2 6 13 12
8
+–
30APOWERCB
R–L
W–L
LL
L
L
POWER MAINRELAY
FRONT LH FRONT RH
POWER WINDOW MASTER SWA
B D
C
W–B
W–B
W–B R G
G–W R–L
R–L
R–L
G–W
G–LL
L
L
FRONT RH
1 4
2 1
FRONT RH
PO
WE
RW
IND
OW
SW
FRONT LH
POWER WINDOW MOTORS
RGGR
W–B
L
NORMAL
LOCK
3 4
1 2
1
1
W–B
W–B
1I11
7. 5AGAUGE
D
1L9
1K
5
103
(A) POWER WINDOW MASTER SW7, 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW
(DRIVER’S WINDOW) UP13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW
(DRIVER’S WINDOW) DOWN OR DOWN HOLD
WINDOW LOCK SWOPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
SERVICE HINTS
M
DO
WN
UP
3 5 1
M
DO
WN
UP
3 5 1
E13 E14 E28 E23
G15
S15 S11
G13 G14
S14 T15
N11 N111
T11 T14
N15
DO
WN
UP
10 14119
DO
EN
UP
F
E G
H
L
L
L
LLL
G–Y
R–Y L
G–B
R–B
R–B
G–B
R–B
G–B
G R G RR
–B
G–B
R–Y
G–Y
G–Y
R–
Y
G–B
R–
B
L L
LLL
4 2 4 2
2 21 1
REAR LH REAR RH
REAR LH REAR RH
PO
WE
RW
IND
OW
SW
PO
WE
RW
IND
OW
SW
REAR LH REAR RHPOWER WINDOW MOTORS
1
2
1 2
3 4 51 2 3 4 5
C GE
HB D F
621
7 8 9 10 11 12 14
5
13
A
104
POWER WINDOW
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 3 →TO GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY FROM POWER CB FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OFTHE RELAY → TERMINAL 7 OR 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TO TERMINAL 5 (PASSENGER’S) AND TERMINAL 3 (REAR LH, RH) OF THEPOWER WINDOW SW.
1. MANUAL UP OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (MANUAL SW) IN UP POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TOTERMINAL 7 OR 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOWMOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 OR 1 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TOROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED. IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENTFROM TERMINAL 7 OR 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROMTERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINALS 2 OR 1 → TO GROUND, → FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITEDIRECTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION AND CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.
2. AUTO DOWN OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND WITH THE AUTO SW OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IN DOWN POSITION, CURRENT FLOWING TOTERMINAL 7 OR 8 OF THE MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR →TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TOWARDS THE DOWN SIDE.THEN THE SOLENOID IN THE MASTER SW IS ACTIVATED AND IT LOCKS THE AUTO SW BEING PUSHED, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO CONTINUE TOROTATE IN AUTO DOWN OPERATION. WHEN THE WINDOW HAS COMPLETELY DESCENDED, THE CURRENT FLOW BETWEEN TERMINAL 6 OF THEMASTER SW AND TERMINAL 2 INCREASES. AS A RESULT, THE SOLENOID STOPS OPERATING, THE AUTO SW TURNS OFF AND FLOW FROMTERMINAL 7 OF THE MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 13 IS CUT OFF, STOPPING THE MOTOR SO THAT AUTO STOP OCCURS.
3. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOWWHEN THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) IS PUSHED TO THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS IN THE MASTER SWAND CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW → TO GROUND SO THE MOTOR STOPS, CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATIONTO STOP. IF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED CONTINUOUSLY, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE UP DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S WINDOW)WITH POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW FLOWSTO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWERWINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINALS 1 OR 2 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR(PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATION CONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE.WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1 TO TERMINAL 2,AND THE MOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THEPASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN. AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENTFROM TERMINAL 1 AND 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’SWINDOW CAN NOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS. FURTHERMORE REAR LH RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THE ABOVE CIRCUIT.
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A P6 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) D P8 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) G P13 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)B P7 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) E P12 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) H P10 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)C P11 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) F P9 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 23 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1I
1K 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1L18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
E134 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
E234 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
G1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)N1 34 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)O2 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
S136 (S/D)
REAR DOOR WIRE LH AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)S138 (STATION W/G)
REAR DOOR WIRE LH AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
T136 (S/D)
REAR DOOR WIRE RH AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)T138 (STATION W/G)
REAR DOOR WIRE RH AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
SYSTEM OUTLINE
105
POWER SEAT
2 9 7 6 1 4
FR
RR
UP
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
A3
B
M
C D
M M
5
1
2
1
2
1
2
A B C D
1 2 3 4
5 7 9
POWER SEAT SW
SLIDEMOTOR
FRONTVERTICALMOTOR
REARVERTICALMOTOR
21
23
30APOWERCB
BLUE ORANGE
I
6
1
1
G112G19
(USA)(CANADA)
W–
LW
–LW
–LL–
W
L–B
L–Y
L–R
R–Y R
W–B
W–B
222 1 1 1
(A) POWER SEAT SW3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A P5 28 C P2 28
B P4 28 D P3 28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 23 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
G1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
a2 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER DRIVER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
I 36 LEFT REAR FENDER
SERVICE HINTS
106
DOOR LOCKS
1
LG G LG G
LG G
LG G
LGLG
B C
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
E22
D E
LG G
Y
L–R
L–R L–R
L–R
L–R
L–R
L–R
L–RY
GF
L–B
L–B
W–B
L–B
L–B
W–B
E1 O2 O1777
L–B
L–B
W–B
W–B
L–B
W–B
46
H
30APOWERCB
LOC
K
DO
OR
LOC
KK
EY
SW
RHU
NLO
CK
DO
OR
LOC
KC
ON
TR
OL
SW
RHLO
CK
UN
LOC
K
DO
OR
LOC
KK
EY
SW
LH
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
DO
OR
LOC
KC
ON
TR
OL
SW
LH
DO
OR
LOC
KS
OLE
NO
IDFR
ON
TLH
DO
OR
LOC
KS
OLE
NO
IDFR
ON
TR
H
W–B
LG G
O28 O211 E11 E12 E19 E18 O25 O213
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
1
10 9 6 4 5
8
UNLOCKTIMER
LOCKTIMERW–L
W–L
DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY
A
LG
G
O29
W–B
W–B
( CA
NA
DA
3S–F
EW
/P
OW
ER
WIN
DO
W)
3 4
1 2 3 2 1 2
3 1 1
4 3 2 4 4 2
3 3 1
E212
G–R
G–R
11
G
CONTROLUNIT
W–B
1K5
D
107
L–R L–R
L–R
L–R
L–B
L–R
L–R
L–R
L–R
4 4 2
L–R
L–R
L–R
3 3 4
H I J
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
W–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
W–B
W–B
K
2
1
1 1
R
W–B
R–G
R–Y
G–L
FR
ON
TR
H
FR
ON
TLH
UN
LOC
KW
AR
NIN
GS
W
DOOR COURTESY SW
BA
CK
DO
OR
LOC
KS
OLE
NO
ID( S
TA
TIO
NW
/G)
DO
OR
LOC
KS
OLE
NO
IDR
EA
RLH
DO
OR
LOC
KS
OLE
NO
IDR
EA
RR
H
G111
W23N116G11
S13 T13
N14
Y22S16 T16
G12 N110 10
W22
Y23
15
3 16 7 2 14
KEY REMINDER
FROM SEAT BELTWARNING RELAY
L M
G1
(US
AW
/OA
.B
.S
.)
( EX
.U
SA
W/O
A.B
.S.)
R–WR–Y
G–Y
1D
1L5
5
108
DOOR LOCKS
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY THROUGH POWER CB.
1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATIONTO PUSH DOOR LOCK SW AND KEY SW TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE DOOR LOCKCONTROL RELAY AND CAUSES THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 4 →TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS, TERMINAL 2 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID (W/G) → TERMINAL 3, TERMINAL4 (W/G) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND DOOR LOCK SOLENOID CAUSES THE DOOR TO LOCK.
2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATIONTO PUSH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW AND KEY SW TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 (DOORLOCK KEY SW LH), TERMINAL 11 (EX. DOOR LOCK KEY SW LH 2 STEP UNLOCK FUNCTION) OF THE DOOR CONTROL RELAY ANDCAUSES THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THEDOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS, TERMINAL 4 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID (W/G) → TERMINAL 4, TEMRINAL 2 (W/G) → TERMINAL4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND DOOR LOCK SOLENOID CAUSES DOOR TO UNLOCK.
3. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION
* OPERATING DOOR LOCK KNOB (IN DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS OPERATION)WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCKKNOB (DOOR LOCK SOLENOID), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE FUNCTION OFRELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOORLOCK SOLENOIDS, TERMINAL 4 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID (W/G) → TERMINAL 4, TERMINAL 2 (W/G) → TERMINAL 4 OFTHE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
* OPERATING DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR LOCK KEY SWWITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCKCONTROL SW OR KEY SW, THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCK BY THE FUNCTION OF SW CONTAINED INSOLENOIDS, WHICH THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE CURRENT INRELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS, TERMINAL 4OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID (W/G) → TERMINAL 4, TERMINAL 2 (W/G) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 →TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOOR TO UNLOCK.
* IN CASE OF KEY LESS LOCKWITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE UNLOCK FUNCTION IS DISTURBED MORE THAN 0.2SECONDS, FOR EXAMPLE PUSHING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB ETC., THE DOOR HOLDS ON LOCK CONDITION. CLOSING THE DOORAFTER, DOOR COURTESY SW INPUTS THE SIGNAL INTO RELAY. BY THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE RELAY WORKS AND CURRENTFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS, TERMINAL 4 OF THEBACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID (W/G) → TERMINAL 4, TERMINAL 2 (W/G) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TOGROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
(A) DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY2–GROUND : CONTINTUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN8–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
16–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINTUITY4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKEDLOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY
3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATIONDOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKEDDOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN(IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)DOOR LOCK KNOB LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN(IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)UNLOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY
10–GROUND : 0 VOLT WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED ORDRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
14–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN6–GROUND : 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED7–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER9–GROUND : 0 VOLT WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
11–GROUND : 0 VOLT WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED OR PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY(B) (D) DOOR LOCK KEY SW
2–3 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY1–2 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
(F) (G) DOOR LOCK SOLENOID1–2 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION
(K) UNLOCK WARNING SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
(L) (M) DOOR COURTESY SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
SERVICE HINTSSYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
109
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A D16 28 F D29 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) K U1 28
B D28 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) G D30 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) L D19 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
C D26 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) H D31 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) M D20 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
D D27 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) I D32 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) N D21 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
E P6 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) J B9 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 21 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
4 21 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1D 16 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1K16 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1L16 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
E134 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
E234 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
G1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
N1 34 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
O134 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
O234 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
S136 (S/D)
REAR DOOR WIRE LH AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)S138 (STATION W/G)
REAR DOOR WIRE LH AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
T136 (S/D)
REAR DOOR WIRE RH AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)T138 (STATION W/G)
REAR DOOR WIRE RH AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
W2 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
Y2 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
H 34 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
110
BACK DOOR LOCK (STATION W/G)
1
1
E
H1
11
W2
2
W2
3
H1
5
Y2
2
Y2
3 2
43
1
2
4
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
W–L
W–
B
L–B
L–R L–R
L–B L–B
L–R L–R
L–B
30APOWERCB
BACK DOOR LOCKCONTROL SW
BACK DOOR LOCKSOLENOID
B
A
1 2
3 42
4
A B
I1I1
(CANADA)14
(USA) 6
W–L
1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A B3 28 B B9 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 23 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
H1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1 34 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
W2 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
Y2 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
E 34 LEFT KICK PANEL
SERVICE HINTS
111
HORN
HORNHORN SW[COMB. SW]
C
1
C
10
D22
4
2
4
3
G–R
G–R
G–W
G–B
G–W
G–R
D21
4
4
4
1
HORNRELAY
A B1011
G–B
BA BLACK BLACK
G–W
LH RH
15AHAZ–HORN
2A5
HORN RELAY2 (4)–4 (4) : CLOSED WITH HORN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A H4 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) B H3 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) B C14 28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
4 23 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
2A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
D222 (2VZ–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)D232 (3S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
SERVICE HINTS
112
REMOTE CONTROL MIRRORS
MM MM
B
E2 E2 E2 O1O1O16 7 11 6 1 3
E
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW
RH RH
LE
FT
RIG
HT
UP
DO
WN
LE
FT
UP
RIG
HT
DO
WN
LHLH
GR
GR
CB
BR
–Y
BR
–W
LG
–B
LG
W–
B
W–
B
LG
–R
OP
ER
AT
ION
SW
SE
LE
CT
SW
REMOTECONTROLMIRROR LH
REMOTECONROLMIRROR RH
BR
–Y
BR
–W
LG
–B
LG
LG
–R
BR
–Y
BR
–W
LG
–R
LG
–B
LG
LG
–R
W–
B
231231
F2
1
371856
4
LG
–B
BR
–W
LG
BR–Y
LG–R
I1
I1
(USA)15(CANADA) 6
I1
I1
14
7
I1
I1
(USA)11(CANADA) 9
I1
I1
13
8I110
LG
–B
LG
LG
–R
(USA)
(CANADA)
A
1
7. 5ARADIO
1F
113
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW(A) 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION(A) 7–(A) 3 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION(A) 4, (A) 7 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT DOWN OR RIGHT POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A R9 28 C R22 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
B R21 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1F 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
E2 34 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F2 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1 34 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
O1 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
E 34 LEFT KICK PANEL
1 2 3
CB
1 3
4 5 6 7 8
A
SERVICE HINTS
114
AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT (USA)
M M
L–W
LL
9 10 2
6 8 1 3
R–G
R–B
R–Y
R–W
R–
W
R–
B
R–
Y
R–
W
2 211
B C
W–B
W–B
W–B
D
G
W–B
2
1
W–B
W–B
I H
W–B
BUZZER
13 15 17 7
W–B
BELT COMPUTERA
G–W
G–L
30AAUTOMATICSHOULDERBELT CB
AUTOMATIC SHOULDER
BU
CK
LES
W
UN
LOC
KW
AR
NIN
GS
W
MOTOR RHMOTOR LH
W–B
Q17 Q110 R11 R12
Q18
22
Q12
G16
Q11221
1
2
F
E
E
F
(W/ POWER SEAT)
(W/ POWER SEAT)
(W/O POWER SEAT)
(W/O POWER SEAT)2
1
1
2
(W/ POWER SEAT)
(W/ POWER SEAT)
R–Y
P–L
46
G–WR–L
Q1
9 R–LR–L
G19
Q15
R–Y
R–Y
G–L
G–
LW
–B
G–L
AUTOMATIC SHOULDERBELT MOTOR
AU
TO
MA
TIC
SH
OU
LDE
RB
ELT
SP
OO
LR
ELE
AS
ES
W
1
2
115
R–L
J
2 1 Y
5 18
LG–
R
R
LG–R
4
3
R
3
M1
2 3 2
11 ON
W–B
31 1
2 4 2
LGLG
16 11 12
Y
YY
Y
[COMB. METER]SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT
AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELTRELEASE LEVER WARNING LIGHT
MOTOR CONTROL AND WARNING
FROM DOOR LOCKCONTROL RELAY
AUTOMATICSHOULDER BELTSW LH
AUTOMATICSHOULDER BELTSW RH
CLOSE OPEN CLOSE OPEN
RE
AR
LH
LIM
ITS
W
FRO
NT
LH
RE
AR
RH
LIM
ITS
W
FRO
NT
RH
W–B W–B
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YS
WF
RO
NT
LH
Y
G18 G17 N19 N18
E210 E25 O18 O14
Q11 Q14 Q111 R14 R13
O17E22
Q13
F1
3
H1
17
H I6 6
K L
R–L
G–W
G–L
LG–B
LG–Y
LG–B
LG–Y
P–G P P–L
P–B
P–B
P–LP
P–G
P–B
P–LP
P–G
W–B
W–B
4
R–L3B
9J/B NO. 3
7. 5AGAUGE
1D6
1F
2
D
1K5
116
AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT (USA)
(A) AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT COMPUTER1, 6–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR OPEN AND FRONT LIMIT SW ON (RELEASING SHOULDER BELT)3, 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED AND REAR LIMIT SW ON (FASTENING SHOULDER BELT) 4–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON 5–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN 7–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER 9–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX 12 VOLTS10–GROUND: 0 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND 12 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS AFTER IGNTION SW ON13–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(D) SPOOL RELEASE SW1–2 : OPEN WITH SPOOL RELEASE LEVER PULLED UP
(E) (F) BUCKLE SW1–2 : OPEN WITH DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE
(G) UNLOCK WARNING SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
(K) (L) FRONT LIMIT SW1–2 : OPEN WITH BELT ANCHOR AT FRONT END OF GUIDE RAIL
(K) (L) REAR LIMIT SW4–3 : OPEN WITH BELT ANCHOR AT REAR END OF GUIDE RAIL
(M) DOOR COURTESY SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
(N) (O) AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT SW3–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR CLOSED2–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A A34 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) F B10 28 K A35 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
B A37 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) G U1 28 L A36 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
C A38 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) H C13 28 M D19 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
D A42 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) I C11 28 N A40 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
E B7 28 J A39 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) O A41 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 23 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
4 23 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1D 18 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1K 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3B 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
E2 34 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F1 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
G1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
N1 34 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
O1 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
Q136 (S/D)
FLOOR NO 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (FLOOR CENTER)Q138 (STATION W/G)
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (FLOOR CENTER)
R136 (S/D)
FLOOR NO 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO 2 WIRE (FLOOR CENTER)R138 (STATION W/G)
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (FLOOR CENTER)
a2 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER DRIVER’S SEAT)
SERVICE HINTS
117
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
H 34 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
I36 (S/D)
LEFT REAR FENDERI38 (STATION W/G)
LEFT REAR FENDER
118
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
1
1
2
F13
G112
22
1
2
A
F
E
B
EF
1
21
46
IH
10AECU–B
UN
LOC
KW
AR
NIN
GS
W
SE
AT
BE
LTW
AR
NIN
GLI
GH
T[C
OM
B.
ME
TER
]
6
6
2
1
12
(W/ POWER SEAT)
(W/ POWER SEAT)
(W/ POWER SEAT)
(W/ POWER SEAT)
(W/O POWER SEAT)
(W/O POWER SEAT)
DOOR COURTESYSWFRONT LH
UNLOCKWARNING SW
DOOR LOCKCONTROL RELAY
BUCKLESW
6 1 4
1672
2 5 3
15
TIMER
( W/O
DO
OR
LOC
K)
( W/
DO
OR
LOC
K)
G
I
H
D
C
SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY
W/ DOOR LOCK)
( W/O
DO
OR
LOC
K)
(W/ DOOR LOCK)R–Y
R–Y
R–Y
W–B
W–B
RG
–Y
G–LR–G
W–B
W–B
R–W R
RR
Y
R–L
R–L
R–G
W–B
R
Y
W–B W–B
G–Y
6
6
12
1 2 3
4 5 6
1 2
1 2
1
B
D
E
F
G
A
IC
BROWN
BLACK
BLACK
BLUE
2
I1I1
(USA) 8(CANADA)17
2 7
15 16
H
R–L
R–G
3B9
J/BNO. 3
1N9
1F
2
7. 5AGAUGE
1D5
1L5
1L
5
(
119
1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEMWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNINGRELAY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 THROUGH THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT. THIS CURRENTACTIVATES THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 → RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, ANDTHE CURRENT WHICH HAS FLOWED THROUGH THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS FLOWS FROMTERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME AS THESEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT LIGHTS UP, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL 2 FLOWS THROUGH THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 6 →BUCKLE SW → GROUND, CAUSING THE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER TO SOUND FOR ABOUT 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF THESEAT BELT IS PUT ON (BUCKLE SW OFF) DURING THIS PERIOD, THEN THE BUZZER WILL STOP.
2. UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEMWITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK SW ON), THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DOOR OPEN (DOORCOURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY. THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY OPERATES,CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND AND THE UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS.
(C) UNLOCK WARNING SWCLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
(D) SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY 4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DOOR OPEN (W/O DOOR LOCK, POWER WINDOW)
CONTINUITY WITH DOOR OPEN AND IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (W/ DOOR LOCK, POWER WINDOW) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (W/O DOOR LOCK, POWER WINDOW)
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (W/ DOOR LOCK, POWER WINDOW) 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY UNLESS DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE 5–GROUND : 0 VOLT FOR 4–8 SECONDS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND 12 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS AFTER IGNITION SW ON
(E) (F) BUCKLE SW1–2 : OPEN WITH DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE
(G) DOOR COURTESY SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A C11 28 D S5 28 G D19 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
B C13 28 E B7 28 H D16 28
C U1 28 F B10 28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 23 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
4 23 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1D 18 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1L18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1N18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3B 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
G1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1 34 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
a2 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER DRIVER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
H 34 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
I36 (S/D)
LEFT REAR FENDERI38 (STATION W/G)
LEFT REAR FENDER
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
120
CRUISE CONTROL
3 10
PI B SPD
A
W–B
B
ED
W–B
W–B
B
B
B
2
B BR
NS
11
OF
FS
W
W–B
7
V–Y
E
13
BR
2
3
E
W–B
H
1
B
17 5
RES SET
W–RW
C
W–B
G–W
B–R R
G–W
B–R Y
CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER
(A/T)( M
/T)
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
SW
[CO
MB
.S
W]
AC
CE
LR
ES
UM
E
SE
TC
OA
ST
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
CLU
TCH
SW
( M/T
)
NE
UT
RA
LS
TA
RT
SW
( A/T
)
TO
STA
RT
ER
CRUISECONTROLMAIN SW
F29
K113
F18
BB
–W
FR
OM
IGN
ITIO
NS
W”
ST
1”
B–W
46
4
1
5
3 1 4 17 5
16
I1I1
I1I1
203 (USA)
(CANADA)
I1I1
(CANADA)19
(USA)16
189
SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R[C
OM
B.
ME
TE
R]
FV
–Y
3
2
1G20
15AECU–IG
3C15
J/BNO. 3
D
1I
13
1F3
121
G–W
G–R
PK RVELCVA/D STP–
6 4 14 2
H
I
1
3
G–W
H
2
4
G–W
G–W
R–Y
G–B
W–B
R–G
W–B
STP+
G–R
G–R
16
R–W
R–W
1G
Y–B
R–W
1512
Y–B
R–W
F14
R–W
M
K
L
1
R–L L–
R
R–YG
R–L
L–R
9 1
VCM VP
W–B
A
S2
8
V–R
V–R
TO TCCS ECUECT SOLENOID
ST
OP
LIG
HT
SW
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
ST
OP
SW
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
VA
CU
UM
PU
MP
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TRO
LV
AC
UU
MS
W
CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR
( EX
.E
CT
) TO
O/D
CO
MP
UT
ER
( EC
T) T
OT
CC
SE
CU
TO
BR
AK
EFL
UID
LEV
EL
SW
PA
RK
ING
BR
AK
ES
W
K11
D27 D29 D28 D211 D212
K12
1
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
VA
CU
UM
SW
J
Y–B
Y–B
FR
OM
EC
TE
CU
R–L
W–B
2
(W/O A. B. S. )
( W/A
.B
.S
.)
R–L
2
1132
TO
STO
PLI
GH
TS
LIG
HT
FA
ILU
RE
SE
NS
OR
W–B(USA)
BR(CANADA)
CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTERA
1L11
20ASTO P
1B1F
1N3
8 11
3B14
J/BNO. 3
1L
1D
10
8
122
CRUISE CONTROL
VOLTAGE FROM THE BATTERY IS NORMALLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER. WHEN THEIGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS THEN TO TERMINAL 3 OF THECRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW. IF AT THIS TIME THE MAIN SW IS TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL 3 FLOWSFROM THE POWER INDICATOR → TERMINAL 3 OF THE COMPUTER, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAMETIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE COMPUTER, MAINTAINING THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IN CONSTANTREADINESS FOR OPERATION.
1. CRUISE CONTROL DRIVINGWHEN THE MAIN SW IS TURNED TO ON AND THE SET SW IS PUSHED IN WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SET LIMIT(APPROX. 40km/h, 25MPH TO 200km/h, 124MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE COMPUTER AND THE VEHICLE SPEEDAT THAT TIME IS RECORDED IN THE COMPUTER MEMORY AS THE SET SPEED. THE COMPUTER COMPARES THE RECORDED SETSPEED WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 7 FROM THE SPEED SENSOR, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISECONTROL ACTUATOR IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN THE SET VEHICLE SPEED.WHEN THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, COMPUTER OPERATION LENGTHENS THE PERIOD OFCURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ACTUATOR → THE CONTROL VALVE → TERMINAL 3→ TERMINAL 14 OF THE COMPUTER, THE CABLE IS PULLED IN THE DIRECTION FOR OPENING THROTTLE VALVE AND THE VEHICLESPEED INCREASES.WHEN THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED IS HIGHER THAN THE SET SPEED, A SHORTER PERIOD OF CURRENT FLOW TO THE CONTROLVALVE RETURNS THE CABLE IN THE DIRECTION FOR CLOSING THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE VEHICLE SPEED DECREASES.<ACTUATOR OPERATION>WHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATES (THE SET SIGNAL IS INPUT), CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE COMPUTER TO THERELEASE VALVE, CLOSING THE ATMOSPHERIC INTAKE PORT.WHEN THERE IS CONTINUITY TO THE CONTROL VALVE, VACUUM IS INTRODUCED INSIDE THE ACTUATOR, AND WHEN THERE ISNO CONTINUITY, VACUUM INTAKE STOPS AND ATMOSPHERE IS INTRODUCED. IN OTHER WORDS, THE ACTUATOR (THROTTLEVALVE) IS CONTROLLED BY CHANGING THE RATIO OF CONTINUITY AND NON–CONTINUITY TO THE CONTROL VALVE WITHIN ASPECIFIED PERIOD OF TIME.<ROLE OF THE VACUUM SW AND VACUUM PUMP>WHEN THE VACUUM SW TURNS ON DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, ITS SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 OF THECOMPUTER SO THAT THE COMPUTER APPLIES CURRENT TO OPERATE THE VACUUM PUMP (TERMINAL 1 OF THE COMPUTER →TERMINAL 1 OF THE PUMP → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND) AND SUPPLEMENT THE ENGINE VACUUM WHICH BY ITSELF IS INADEQUATEFOR CONTROL.
2. CANCEL MECHANISMIF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS IS PERFORMED DURING CRUISE CONTROL, THEN CONTINUITY TO THE CONTROL VALVEAND THE RELEASE VALVE IS CUT OFF AND CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED:∗ DEPRESSING THE CLUTCH PEDAL (CLUTCH SW ON), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE COMPUTER.∗ PLACING THE NEUTRAL START SW IN “N” RANGE (NEUTRAL START SW ON), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE COMPUTER.∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKES PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 15 OF THE COMPUTER.∗ PULLING THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER (PARKING BRAKE SW ON), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE COMPUTER.
3. COAST CONTROLWHILE THE COAST SW IS ON DURING CRUISE CONTROL, CURRENT FLOW TO THE CONTROL VALVE AND RELEASE VALVE ISSTOPPED AND THE VEHICLE DECELERATES UNTIL THE SW IS RELEASED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE SW IS RELEASED ISTHEN RECORDED IN MEMORY.
4. RESUME CONTROLBY TURNING THE RESUME SW TO ON AFTER CANCELLATION OF THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEMS, THE VEHICLE SPEED WILLRETURN TO THE SPEED SET BEFORE CANCELLATION, PROVIDED THAT THE VEHICLE SPEED IS WITHIN THE SET LIMITS.
5. ACCEL CONTROLWHEN THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED TO ON DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, CURRENT CONTINUES TO FLOW TO THE CONTROLVALVE AND THE VEHICLE ACCELERATES. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE SW IS TURNED OFF IS RECORDED IN MEMORY.
(A) CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER(DISCONNECT THE COMPUTER CONNECTOR) 2–14 : APPROX. 68 (ACTUATOR RELEASE VALVE) 4–14 : APPROX. 30 (ACTUATOR CONTROL VALVE) 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH SET, COAST SW ON 7–GROUND : 1 PULSE EACH 40 CM (DRIVE VEHICLE SLOWRY)11–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED (M/T) OR SHIFT LEVER IN N OR P RANGE (A/T)
(ONE OF THE CANCEL SW)12–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH PKB LEVER PULL UP (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) OR BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW ON13–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY17–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH RESUME, ACCEL SW ON10–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW ON15–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW)16–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
123
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A C17 28 E N1 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) I C3 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
B C18 28 R C13 28 J C5 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
C C15 28 G P1 28 K C5 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
D C16 28 H S9 28 L C4 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D 18 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1G18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I
1L 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1N
18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3B22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
3C22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
D230 (2VZ–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)D232 (3S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
F134 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F234 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1 34 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
K1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
A30 (2VZ–FE)
RIGHT FENDERA32 (3S–FE)
RIGHT FENDER
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
E 34 LEFT KICK PANEL
H 34 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
124
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (2VZ–FE)
3
1
K110 L13
F13
L17
K12
D D F F F
FFFEEE
3
1
B
5
3
3 2 1 6 17
6
4
5
19 18 17 8 7 20
15163713
TOC
RU
ISE
CO
NT
RO
LC
OM
PU
TER C
HE
CK
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
O/D
MA
INS
W
SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R
LOC
K–U
P
NO
.2
N0.
1
TCCS ECU
PATERN SELECT SW
STOP LIGHTSW
L–Y
R–B
L–R
R
O
R–L
G–O
G–O
W–B
L–Y
L–R
V–R
R–L
R–L
R–L
W–B
V
V–R
L–Y
LG–B
BR
–B
V–R
BR
G–O
G–O
V–R
G–W
G–W
G–R Y
Y
OR
R–B
L–R
L–R
W–B
B
A
G
H
I
ECT SOLENOID
E1
TT
NORM
PWR
B
OD2DGSP2SLS2S1
BK PWR R N 2
F
D113
C14
F D D
2 1 BRG
EFI WATER TEMP.SENSOR
C
9412
IGSW BATT THW E2
BB
–OB
–O
W–L
W–L
D
TE1
6
Y–G
15
T
R–BD1
41L11 1F2 1I11
20ASTOP
7. 5AGAUGE
15AEFI
2G2
7. 5AIGN
1I6
3D7
3C
7
J/BNO. 3
125
PRND2L
R–L
R–L
10
C1
3
6
4 9 8 7 15
R–B
Y–L O R
G–W
Y–L O R
4712312 13 5 8
R–B
G–W
L1L1L1L1L1L1 21517192018
W–B
11
L–R
L–Y
G–O
B–O
B–
O
(NEUTRAL START SW)A/T INDICATOR SW
PW
R
NO
RM
L 2 D
O/D
OF
F
PRN
A/T INDICATOR
F18
R–L
R–B
L–Y
R–B
L–R
R
O
Y–L
G–O
W–B
Y–L O
B–O R
R–B
F
F
21
9
L SP1
L16
E
W–B
W–B
V–Y
W–
W–B
K
L
SPEEDSENSOR
J
V–Y
3
2
F14
OD1
Y–B
TO C/C COMPUTER
3D15
3D
14
J/B NO. 3
B
D
1F3
126
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (2VZ–FE)
PREVIOUS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS HAVE SELECTED EACH GEAR SHIFT USING MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED THROTTLEHYDRAULIC PRESSURE, GOVERNOR HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. THE ECT, HOWEVER,ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP PRESSURE ETC., THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. TCCSCOMPUTER CONTROL OF THE SOLENOID VALVE BASED ON THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR MAKES SMOOTH DRIVINGPOSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATIONDURING DRIVING, THE COMPUTER SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVINGCONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR TO TERMINAL THW OF THE TCCS COMPUTER, ANDALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP2 OF THE COMPUTER FROM THE SPEED SENSOR DEVOTED TO THE ECT. CURRENT ISTHEN OUTPUT TO THE ECT SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THECOMPUTER → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND,AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TOSOLENOIDS NO. 1 AND NO. 2 CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT.
SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVER DRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.
2. LOCK–UP OPERATIONWHEN THE TCCS COMPUTER JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET, CURRENTFLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE TCCS COMPUTER → TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECT SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITYTO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSING LOCK–UP OPERATION.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUITIF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL BK OF THE COMPUTER, THE COMPUTER OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID IS CUT.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THECOMPUTER AND COMPUTER OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET.
* O/D MAIN SW OFF
WHEN THE OVERDRIVE SW IS TURNED TO OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWSTHROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUTTO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE COMPUTER AND COMPUTER OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE.
5. ECT PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUITIF THE ECT PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE POWERINDICATOR FLOWS TO GROUND, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL PWR OF THE TCCS COMPUTER, THE COMPUTER OPERATES,AND SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN OCCUR AT HIGHER VEHICLE SPEEDS THAN WHEN THE SW IS IN NORMAL POSITION.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
127
TCCS ECU (TURN ON THE IGNITION SW)(E) 19–(E) 24 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT D, 2 OR L RANGE
0 VOLT WITH SHIFT LEVER AT P, R OR N RANGE(E) 7,18–(E) 24 : 0 VOLT(D) 7–(E) 24 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH PATTERN SELECT SW AT PWR POSITION
0–2 VOLTS WITH PATTERN SELECT SW AT NORM POSITION(D) 13–(E) 24 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
0 VOLT WITH BRAKE PEDAL RELEASED(D) 4–(D) 9 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS WITH COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F)(D) 12–(D) 9 : 0 VOLT WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPEN(D) 11–(D) 9 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
4–5 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN(D) 1–(D) 9 : 4–6 VOLTS(F) 21–(E) 24 : 5 VOLTS(F) 20–(E) 24 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS O/D MAIN SWITCH TURNED ON
0 VOLT O/D MAIN SWITCH TURNED OFF(F) 9–(E) 24 : 0 OR 5 VOLTS CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW OFF AND STANDING STILL
2–3 VOLTS CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW OFF AND VEHICLE MOVING(F) 8–(E) 24 : 0 OR 5 VOLTS WITH STANDING STILL
2–3 VOLTS WITH VEHICLE MOVING(F) 3–(E) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER A/T R RANGE
0–2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT R RANGE(F) 16–(E) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT N RANGE
0–2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT N RANGE(F) 15–(E) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT 2 RANGE
0–2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT 2 RANGE(F) 14–(E) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT L RANGE
0–2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT L RANGE(F) 2–(E) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS(F) 1–(E) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS
(G) ECT SOLENOID1, 2, 3–GROUND : EACH 11–15 Ω
(I) O/D MAIN SW1–3 : CLOSED WITH O/D MAIN SW OFF OPEN WITH O/D MAIN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A S9 28 E T4 28 I O1 28
B E7 28 F T2 28 J C13 28
C E2 24 G E1 24 K N1 24
D T3 28 H C1 24 L A26 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1F 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1L18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2G 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3C22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
3D22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C1 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D1 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F1 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
K1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
L1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
SERVICE HINTS
128
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (2VZ–FE)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
B 30 INTAKE MANIFOLD
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
E 34 LEFT KICK PANEL
129
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (3S–FE)
PREVIOUS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS HAVE SELECTED EACH GEAR SHIFT USING MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED THROTTLEHYDRAULIC PRESSURE, GOVERNOR HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. THE ECT, HOWEVER,ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP PRESSURE ETC., THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. ECTCOMPUTER CONTROL OF THE SOLENOID VALVE BASED ON THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR MAKES SMOOTH DRIVINGPOSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATIONDURING DRIVING, THE COMPUTER SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVINGCONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE TCCS ECU TO TERMINALS IDL, L1, L2 AND L3 OF THE ECT COMPUTER, ANDALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP2 (FWD), OF THE COMPUTER FROM THE SPEED SENSOR. CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUTTO THE ECT SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL3 (FWD), 2 (4WD) OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 3 (FWD), 2 (4WD) OF THE ECTSOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 2 (FWD), 1 (4WD) OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS →GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO SOLENOIDS NO. 1 AND NO. 2 CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT. SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED(OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.
2. LOCK–UP OPERATIONWHEN THE ECT COMPUTER JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET, CURRENTFLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ECT COMPUTER → TERMINAL 1 (FWD), 3 (4WD) OF THE ECT SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSINGCONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSING LOCK–UP OPERATION.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUITIF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL BK OF THE COMPUTER, THE COMPUTER OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID IS CUT.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THECOMPUTER AND COMPUTER OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET.
* O/D MAIN SW OFF
WHEN THE OVERDRIVE SW IS TURNED TO OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWSTHROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUTTO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE COMPUTER AND COMPUTER OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE.
5. ECT PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUITIF THE ECT PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE POWERINDICATOR FLOWS TO GROUND, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL PWR OF THE ECT COMPUTER, THE COMPUTER OPERATES, ANDSHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN OCCUR AT HIGHER VEHICLE SPEEDS THAN WHEN THE SW IS IN NORMAL POSITION.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
130
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (3S–FE)
3
1
D1
4
C1
3
F16
F13
L48F212 K110
L36L37 L111 L32 L31 L35 L310 L311 L312
K11 K12
D D D D
CCCC
C C C C C C C C C C
EEEDEEEED
K14F29
L4(FWD)3
R–L R–B R–L
R–L
R–L
L–Y
L–R
NORM
PWR
R–L
R–L
Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
R
R–Y G
–W
B–R
L–R
L–R
R–W
G–W
B–R
G–R
G–W
Y
W–B
L
Y–R
Y–G L–B
Y–B
V–RV P
(FWD) V–RY–B
B
(FWD)(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
( FW
D)
( FW
D)
STOP LIGHTSW
ECT PATTERN SELECT SW
(FWD)
(FWD)
23
7
22
2
24
1
8
5
1510
7
11
8
12
9
17
12
4
4
3
3
2
13
1
12
19
10
ECT ECU
A
B
BB
I J J J J M M MLLLHHHHG
J
L
3 6 8
V–Y V–Y
L
BR
( FW
D)
W–B
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D) L
L
Y–B
V–R
P( A
LL–T
RA
C/4
WD
)
V–RV
Y–R
Y–G L–
B
Y–B
L–Y
( FW
D)
LG–B
BR
L66
77
1313
66
1414
32
21
13
6
10
(FWD)
IDL L3 L2 L1 ECT
SPD
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
CO
MP
UT
ER
EC
TS
OLE
NO
ID
TH
RO
TTL
EP
OS
ITIO
NS
EN
SO
R TCCS ECU
( FW
D)
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
( FW
D)
FK
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
6
5
4
NO
.1
NO
.2
LOC
K–U
P
SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R
GND IDL L3 L2 L1 OD1 S1 S2 SL SP2
+B BK IG PWR
5
2F2
20ADOME
1L111F21G
1N201
1I
11
20ASTOP
15AECU–IG
7. 5AGAUGE
3C13
J/BNO. 3
1G1
1L10( A
LL–T
RA
C/4
WD
)( F
WD
)
3D
7
3C7
J/B NO. 3
1B14
1G10
131
L 2 D N R P
4 9 8 7 5 1
6
E E E E
CCC
CCC
D D
12 13 5 8 3 2 1 7 4
10 11
L118L418
L120L420
L119L419
L117L417
L15L45
L121L421
R–L
R–L
L–Y
L–R
R–L
R–L
Y–L
O
R
G–W
L–R
L–Y
Y–L O
B–O R
R–B
G–W R–L
Y–L O
B–O R
R–B
G–W
14 17
7 21
16
20
15
5
6
13
8
16
Y–L O
B–O R
R–B
G–W
ECT ECU
A/T INDICATOR
A/T INDICATOR SW(NEUTRAL START SW)
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
( FW
D)
E B
F18
L112
L46
3
2
3
117
3
L47
W–B
W–B
G–O
G–O
BR
–B
V–Y
V–Y
W–B
BR
–B
V–Y
W–B
G–O
W–B
G–O
SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R[C
OM
B.
ME
TE
R]
CH
EC
KC
ON
NE
CT
OR
O/D
MA
INS
W
E1
TT(ECT)
(FWD)
(FWD)
R
PO
Q
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
SP1 DG OD2
P N 2 L
W–B
PW
R
NO
RM
L 2 D N R P
O/D
OFF
BR
N
1F3
3D15
D
J/B NO. 33D
14
132
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (3S–FE)
ECT ECU (ELECTRICAL CONTROLED UNIT) (IGNITION SW ON)(C) 19, (D) 10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(C) 2, (E) 13–GROUND : 5 (12) → 0 → 5 (12) → 0 → 5 (12) VOLTS(C) 3, (E) 3–GROUND : 5 (12) → 0 → 5 (12) VOLTS(C) 4, (E) 4–GROUND : 5 (12) → 0 VOLTS
(C) 1–19, (D) 12–10 : 0 VOLT WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSEDAPPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ABOVE 1.5°
(C) 16–19 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS OR 0 VOLT WITH STANDING STILL6 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING VEHICLE MOVING (FWD)
(C) 22–19, (D) 2–10 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED0 VOLT WITH BRAKE PEDAL NOT DEPRESSED
(C) 21–19, (E) 16–(D) 10 : 10 TO 16 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT 2 POSITION0 TO 2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT 2 POSITION
(C) 20–19, (E) 15–(D) 10 : 10 TO 16 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT L POSITION0 TO 2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT L POSITION
(C) 12–19, (E) 9–(D) 10 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS(C) 10, 11–19, (E) 7, 8–(D) 10 : 0 VOLT
(C) 5–19, (D) 6–10 : 5 (12) VOLTS WITH O/D MAIN SW ON0 VOLT WITH O/D MAIN SW OFF
(C) 24–19, (D) 1–10 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STANDING STILL: 5 OR 0 VOLTS WITH STANDING STILL
4 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING (FWD)(C) 8–19, (D) 5–10 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH PATTERN SELECT SW AT PWR POSITION
0 TO 2 VOLTS WITH PATTERN SELECT AT NORM POSITION(C) 23–19, (D) 7–10 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(C) 17, (D) 12–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH COOLANT TEMP. BELOW 70°C (158°F)5 (12) VOLTS WITH COOLANT TEMP. MORE THAN 70°C (158°F)( ): AISIN COMPUTER
(L) (M) ECT SOLENOID1, 2, 3–GROUND : EACH 11–15 Ω
(P) O/D MAIN SW1–3 : CLOSED WITH O/D MAIN SW OFF OPEN WITH O/D MAIN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A S9 28 G T3 28 (FWD) M E1 25 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
B E7 28 H T2 28 (FWD) N C13 28
C E4 28 (FWD) I T3 28 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) O C1 25
D E5 28 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) J T2 28 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) P O1 28
E E6 28 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) K C17 28 Q N1 25
F T1 25 L E1 25 (FWD) R A26 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1G18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I
1L 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1N
18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3C22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
3D22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
SERVICE HINTS
133
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F134 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F234 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1 34 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (NSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
K1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
L1
L3 34 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
L4
34 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
B 32 INTAKE MANIFOLD
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
E 34 LEFT KICK PANEL
134
OVER DRIVE
(B) O/D SOLENOID1–GROUND : APPROX. 13 Ω
(C) O/D MAIN SW1–3 : CLOSED WITH O/D SW AT OFF POSITION
OPEN WITH O/D SW AT ON POSITION(E) O/D WATER TEMP SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED BELOW 43° C (109° F)OPEN ABOVE 55° C (131° F)
SERVICE HINTS
L1
7
11
4
3
1
3
1
1
2
1
2
O/D WATERTEMP. SW
TO
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TRO
LC
OM
PU
TER
O/DDIODE
O/D MAIN SW
[A/T INDICATOR]
O/D OFFINDICATOR
O/DSOLENOID
G–O G–O
P–L
Y
R–L
Y
R–B
R–L
R–L
P–L
Y–B
Y–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
G–O
Y–B
A
E
C
B
D
F18
D14F13
C13
K11
R–L
G–O
3C7
J/B NO. 3
3D14
J/B NO. 3
1F3
D
1F2
7. 5AGAUGE
1I
11
135
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A A26 28 C O1 28 E O2 25
B E1 25 D D11 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1F 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3C22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
3D22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NOO. 2)
D1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F1 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
K1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
L1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
4
1121
1
31 2 3
1
A B C D EBLUEGRAY
136
ALL–TRAC/4WD (w/ ECT)
F13
L313L36 L314 L33 L34 L38 L39
4
3
5
1
C
C D D D D D D
B
F18
3
10 6 5 2 1 11 10
GND SD1 SD2 FR+ FR– RR+ RR–
AUTO
2 2 11
FRONT REARDIFF. LOCKSPEED SENSOR
DIFF. LOCKCONTROL SW
YY
R–W
L–B
L–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
P–L
G–O
W–L
Y–L
R–L
L–Y
L–Y
R–L
Y–L
W–L
G–O
P–L
W–B
L–B
A
GF
B
ECT ECU
CE
NT
ER
DIF
F.
LOC
KIN
DIC
AT
OR
LIG
HT
W–B
1 2
DIFF. LOCKSOLENOIDE
1F2
7. 5AGAUGE
3A7
J/BNO. 3
3D16
J/BNO. 3
D
1F3
137
ECT ECU(C) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND CLOSED WITH DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A R7 28 D E6 28 G D6 25
B C6 28 E D2 25
C E5 28 F D5 25
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1F 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3A22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
3D22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
L3 34 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
B 32 INTAKE MANIFOLD
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
23
10
3 1 2 5 6
10 11
1 2
1 2
A B C D E
GF BLACK
15
SERVICE HINTS
138
ALL–TRAC/4WD SYSTEM (W/O ECT)
2
1
2
1
2
1
4
1
D1
4
F1
8
L2
1
C1
3
L23
R–L R–B R–L R–L R–L
L–BL–BL–Y
W–B L–BW–BW–B
R–L
L–B
R–L
G–Y
W–B
DIFF.LOCKSOLENOID(FOR DIFF.LOCK, 4WD)
DIFF. LOCKINDICATOR SW
DIFF. LOCKCONTROL SW
CENTER DIFF. LOCKINDICATOR LIGHT
E
D
A BC
1 2
1 2
1
4 3 4
BA C ED
4 3
GRAY
D
1F3
3D
16
3B2
J/B NO. 3
1I11
7. 5AGAUGE
(A) (B) DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(C) DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW 1–2 : CLOSED WITH DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW ON
1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A D3 25 C D1 25 E C6 28
B D4 25 D R7 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1F 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3B 22INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
3D 22INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F1 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
L2 34 ENGINE WORE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
SERVICE HINTS
139
CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK
SERVICE HINTS(A) CIGARETTE LIGHTER
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SWAT ON OR ACC POSITION
(B) CLOCK3–GROUND : ALWAYS 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK)4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT
ON OR ACC POSITION(POWER FOR INDICATION)
2–GROUND : 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW ATTAIL OR HEAD POSITION(SIGNAL OF DIM INDICATION)
1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
F17
F16 F11
F1
8
CIGARETTELIGHTER
CLOCK
1 24
2 4 3
L–Y
L–R
G
L–Y
L–R
L–R
L–R
L–Y
G( U
SA
)
W–
B
W–
B
GL–Y
W–B W–B
G(USA)
A
B
1 2
3 4
A B
G
G(CANADA)
I113
G
RUNNINGLIGHTS RELAY
1F5 2F2 1F6
15ATAIL
15ARADIO
15ACIG
1G10
1B14
3C5 3C12 3C1
J/BNO. 3
J/BNO. 3
J/BNO. 3
3C14
J/BNO. 3
1F
3
D
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A C7 28 B C9 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1G18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3C 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1 34 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
140
SHIFT LOCK
F21 F29 F212
1
2
B
A
A
B
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
STOP LIGHT SW
F18
1
1
3
2
G–R
G–W
R–W
R–Y
B–RGR
B–RGR
1 3 6
KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID
W–B
LW
–B
W–B
W–B
54
W–B
SHIFT LOCK CONTROLCOMPUTER
C
D
SHIFT LOCKCONTROL SW
SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID
P1
P
P2
SL–
SL+
TIMER
I1I1
(USA) 1(CANADA)11
L
1G1
1L10
1F1 1G20 1L11
7. 5ARADIO
15AECU–IG
20ASTOP
3D14
J/BNO. 3
1F3
1M
7
D
141
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE RADIO FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THESHIFT LOCK CONTROL COMPUTER, IN THE ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THECOMPUTER.
1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THATTHE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” RANGE (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT POSITION SW) IS INPUT TO THECOMPUTER, THE COMPUTER OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL SL+ OF THESHIFT LOCK SOLENOID → SOLENOID → TERMINAL SL– → TERMINAL 5 OF THE COMPUTER → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFTLOCK SOLENOID TO TURN ON (PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES) AND THE SHIFT LEVER CAN SHIFT INTO OTHER RANGE THAN THE“P” RANGE.
2. KEY INTER LOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW IN ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” RANGE (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2AND P OF LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE COMPUTER → KEY INTER LOCK SOLENOID ISCUT OFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTER LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION) ANDTHE IGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION. IF THE IGNITION IS LEFT IN ACC OR ON POSITION WITH THESHIFT LEVER IN OTHER THAN “P” RANGE, THEN AFTER APPROX. ONE HOUR THE COMPUTER OPERATES TO RELEASE THE LOCK.
(C) SHIFT LOCK CONTROL COMPUTER1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A S9 28 C S6 28
B S9 28 D K1 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1F18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1G18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1L18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1M18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3D 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F2 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1 34 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
1
3
1
2
1 3
4 5 61 2
A C DB
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
142
A.B.S. (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
M
BB 21
C
C
D
D D D D CCCC 145625133
6
2
D
4
A. B. S. ACTUATOR
C31
Z18Z113Z17Z19Z110Z15Z116Z14Z115Z1182
F E E F E E F E F E
FFFF
5
12181869101084
12131415
2 21 1
FRONT LH FRONT RH
A. B. S. SPEED SENSOR
A
BA
TTE
RY
80A
ALT
FL1.
0Y
W–L
W–L
W–L
W–B
R
G–R
L–W
G–WL–
R
G–B
L–Y
G–R
R–WR–B
R
G–R
L–W
G–WL–
R
G–B
R–B
G–R
R–W
L–Y
G–WL–
R
G–B
L–Y
G–R
R–W
R–B
V–G P
BR
–R W
V–G P
BR
–R W
L–W
G–R
R
R–Y
W–L
A. B. S. COMPUTER
A
T MT MR R– SR SRR SFL SFR SRL AST
FL+ FL– FR+ FR–
FU
SIB
LELI
NK
BO
X
E
Z111
R–G
W–R
W–B
W–B
2
1
A.B
.S.
CH
EC
KC
ON
NE
CTO
R( E
X.
2VZ
–FE
)
G
H I
11
W–B
TS GST GS– GS+ VGS
VGSGS+GS–GST
DECELERATIONSENSOR[A. B. S. COMPUTER]
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
Z12 Z13 Z112 Z11
R–Y
143
I12 N113 N16 N115
F13
J
K
N1
12
3
1
F F E
EFFFFFF
E
Z117
6
10
A.
B.S
.WA
RN
ING
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ET
ER
]
N114
a11a13
M
TO
BR
AK
EF
LUID
LEV
EL
SW
TO PA
RK
ING
BR
AK
ES
W
22 11
REAR LH REAR RH
551629311
2 6 7 3
A. B. S. SPEED SENSOR
A. B. S. COMPUTER
R–W
R–W
W–B
W–B
R–W
R–W
W–L
Y–L
W–L
Y–L
L–Y
R–L
G–W
B–RR
R–Y
R–Y
R–L
R
B–R
G–W
R–Y
10AECU–B
STOP LIGHTSW
R–Y
R–Y
LY
Y
RL+ RL– RR+ RR– GND GND PKB
STPIGBATTW
G–R
F14
R–W
R–W
M N
2
1
J/B NO. 3
7. 5AGAUGE
15AECU–IG
20ASTOP
1F2 1N1 1L11
3B9
1N3
1F8 1B11
J/BNO. 3
3B14
144
A.B.S. (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHTFRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THEWHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.
1. INPUT SIGNALS(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE A.B.S. COMPUTER.
(2) DECELERATION SENSOR SIGNAL (FOR ALL–TRAC/4WD)THE DEGREE OF VEHICLE DECELERATION IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO THE A.B.S. COMPUTER.
(3) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNALA SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE A.B.S. COMPUTER WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED.
(4) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNALA SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE A.B.S. COMPUTER WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS OPERATED.
2. SYSTEM OPERATIONDURING SUDDEN BRAKING THE A.B.S. COMPUTER, WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENTFLOWING TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDERESCAPE TO THE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKEFLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.
IF THE COMPUTER JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENTACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULICPRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE COMPUTER, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE REDUCTION,HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPLATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERBILITY DURING SUDDENBRAKING.
A.B.S. COMPUTER(CONNECT THE COMPUTER CONNECTOR)
(E) 1–GROUND, (E) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ONAPPROX 0 VOLT WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A.B.S. WARNING LIGHTS GOES ON
(E) 6–GROUND, (E)12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ONAPPROX 0 VOLT WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A.B.S. WARNING LIGHTS GOES ON
(F) 8–GROUND, (F)18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ONAPPROX 0 VOLT WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A.B.S. WARNING LIGHTS GOES ON
(F) 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH A.B.S. CHACK CONNECTOR DISCONNECTEDAPPROX. 0 VOLT WITH A.B.S. CHACK CONNECTSR CONNECTED
(DISCONNECT THE COMPUTER CONNECTOR)(E) 1–(E) 12 : APPROX. 6 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF(E) 6–(E) 12 : APPROX. 6 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF(F) 8–(E) 12 : APPROX. 6 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF
(F) 18–(E) 12 : APPROX. 6 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF(E) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW OFF AND BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION SW OFF AND BRAKE PEDAL RETURNED(E) 5–GROUND : APPROX. 0 VOLT WITH IGNITION SW ON AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RETURNED(F) 4–GROUND, (F) 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION SW OFF
(F) 8–GROUND : (F) 16–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION SW OFF(E) 9–(F) 10 : APPROX. 65–100 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF(E) 10–(F) 10 : APPROX. 50–80 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF
(F) 11–GROUND : ALWAYS NO CONTINUITYCONTINUITY WITH TS CONECTOR SHORTED
(E) 12–GROUND : (F) 14–GROUND : ALWAYS NO CONTINUITY(E) 12–GROUND : APPROX. 5 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF
(F) 2–GROUND, (F) 3–GROUND : NO CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION SW OFF(F) 10–GROUND : NO CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION SW OFF
(F) 6–GROUND : ALWAYS 12 VOLTS(F) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
(F) 9–(F) 2 : APPROX. 0.85–1.30 KΩ(F) 11–(F) 3 : APPROX. 0.85–1.30 KΩ
(F) 13–(F) 12 : APPROX. 0.85–1.30 KΩ(F) 15–(F) 14 : APPROX. 0.85–1.30 KΩ
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
145
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A F6 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) F A30 26 (2VZ–FE), 27 (3S–FE) K C11 28
B A1 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) G A4 24 (S/D), 25 (STATION W/G) L S9 28
C A3 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) H A5 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) M A31 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
D A2 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) I A6 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) N A32 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
E A29 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) J C13 28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 23 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1L18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1N18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3B 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C328 (2VZ–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO 2)C330 (3S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
F1 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1 32 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
N1 32 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
Z1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
a134 (S/D)
FLOOR NO 2 WIRE AND NO 1 WIRE (UNDER REAR SEAT PANEL)a136 (STATION W/G)
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER REAR SEAT PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
A28 (2VZ–FE)
RIGHT FENDERA30 (3S–FE)
RIGHT FENDER
M34 (S/D)
RIGHT REAR FENDERM36 (STATION W/G)
RIGHT REAR FENDER
146
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
TIMER
BY–LY
Y
B BB
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER
W–B
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER SWA
W–B
W–B
Y–L
1
L
F
NOISE FILTER
( S/D
)
J/B NO. 3
F23
W33
F18
Y33
E
DB1 1
1
J
C1
RR
62
3
I1I1
(CANADA)12(USA) 7
R
(STATION W/G)
H110
BB
B
30ADEFOG CB
DEFOGGERRELAY
1G 1D5 12
Y
F13
41
3 2
1F2
7. 5AGAUGE
3A3
J/BNO. 3
1F3
D
1D2
10AECU–B
147
DEFOGGER RELAY2–4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON. DEFOGGER SW ON AND 15 MINUES THEREAFTER
DEFOGGER SW (W/ TIMER)2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY6–3 : CONTINUITY WITH DEFOGGER SW ON AND 15 MINUTES THEREAFTER
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A R6 28 C R19 26 E R19 27
B R18 26 D R18 27 F N3 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 23 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1D 18 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1G18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3A 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F134 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F234 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1 34 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
W3 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
Y3 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
J 36 RIGHT REAR PILLAR
L 38 BACK DOOR LIGHT
1 11
FD EBLACK BLUECB
2
3 6
A BLUE
SERVICE HINTS
148
MOON ROOF
30APOWERCB
R– W–L
L
POWER MAINRELAY
W–L
6
7 8 4
A MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY
6 3
4
G–Y
W–B
W–B
P
CLO
SE
D
OP
EN
MO
ON
RO
OF
SW
W–B
W–B
W–BB
W–B
10 1 5
1
G–W R G
1 2
MO
ON
RO
OF
LIM
ITS
W
MOON ROOFMOTOR
C
W–B
W–B
4
W–B
G
1
2
A B C D
1 4 5
6 7 8 10 12
34 6
14
W–B W–B
M
M14
P12
P11
1
1 1
1 1
W–B L
TIMER
12
43
1
21
D
7. 5AGAUGE
L1I11
D
1L9
149
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE POWER CB TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROLRELAY.
1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF SW PUSHED TO OPEN POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TOTERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 12 TO GROUND.AS A RESULT, THE RELAY COIL OPERATES AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 2OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 1 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 12 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THEMOTOR TO OPEN THE MOON ROOF AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF SW IS PUSHED.WHEN THE MOON ROOF IS OPENED COMPLETELY, EVEN IF THE MOON ROOF SW IS PUSHED CONTINUOUSLY, THE CURRENT TOTHE MOON ROOF MOTOR INCREASES.IN THIS CASE, THE CIRCUIT BREAKER BUILT INTO THE MOTOR OPENS AND CUTS OUT THE CURRENT TO THE MOTOR,PREVENTING THE MOTOR FROM BURNING OUT.
2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF SW PUSHED TO CLOSE POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 7OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF SW. THUS, THE RELAY COIL OPERATES AND THECURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 6 OF RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → MOTOR →TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 5 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 12 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF.SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION CONTINUES WHILE THE MOON ROOF SW CONTINUES TO BE PUSHED. 100 MM (3.94 IN.) BEFORE THE FULLY CLOSED POSITION THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW TURNS OFF AND THIS SIGNAL IS INPUT INTOTHE RELAY, SO THE RELAY STOPS OPERATION. THUS CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW TO THE MOON ROOF MOTOR AND THE MOONROOF AUTOMATICALLY STOPS.IF THE MOON ROOF SW IS THEN PUSH AGAIN, THE TIMER INSTALLED IN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL TURNS ON AND THE RELAYOPERATES FOR 0.65 SEC. TO RE–OPERATE THE MOTOR SO THAT THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW TURNS ON. AS A RESULT, AS LONGAS THE MOON ROOF SW IS PUSHED, SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION OCCURS AND THE MOON ROOF IS ABLE TO FULLY CLOSE.
(A) MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY12,4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON MOON ROOF SW AT CLOSE POSITION 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON MOON ROOF SW AT OPEN POSITION10–GROUND : 0 VOLT → APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH APPROX. 100 MM (3.94 IN) BEFORE CLOSE POSITION
(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR FROM COMPUTER)8–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH MOON ROOF SW AT OPEN7–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH MOON ROOF SW AT CLOSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A M2 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) C M3 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
B M5 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) D M4 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)1 23 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1I18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1L18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
M1 34 COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
P136 (S/D)
ROOF NO 2 WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF ROOF RIGHT)P138 (STATION W/G)
ROOF NO. 2 WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF, ROOF RIGHT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
G36 (S/D)
ROOF RIGHT (W/ MOON ROOM)G38 (STATION W/G)
ROOF RIGHT (W/ MOON ROOM)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
150
AUTO ANTENNA
A
3
8
9
B
W–B
I
OFF
L–Y
R–L
L–R
L–Y
PLAYERRADIO AND TAPE
RADIO SW
SWPLAYERTAPEON
TO LIGHT FAILURESENSOR
R–L
M
1 4 2 3 9 5 7 8 6
CONTROLRELAY
LIMITSW
UP
DOUN
B L
C
F21
H111 H18
W–B
BR–B
B–W
B
R–WBL–
Y
R–GY
W–B
ANTENNA MOTOR ANDCONTROL RELAY
GR
L–Y
L–RY
L–RY
GR
Y
P–L
B–R
GR
W–B
B–R P–L
1 5 6 2 4 3
2F1D1D 3 26 1F1
7. 5AGAUGE
15ACIG
20ADOME
7. 5ARADIO
1B
1D4
14
151
(C) CONTROL RELAY3–GROUND : CONTINUITY (UPPER LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT UP STOP2–GROUND : CONTINUITY (DOWN LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT DOWN STOP4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT
UPPERMOST POSITION1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW OFF AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT
LOWERMOST POSITION1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT LOWERMOST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A R5 28 B A33 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D 18 FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F2 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
I36 (S/D)
LEFT REAR FENDERI38 (STATION W/G)
LEFT REAR FENDER
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
A CBLUE
3
8 9
1 2
3 4 5 6
B BLUE
SERVICE HINTS
152
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
F21
CONNECTOR(W/G)JUNCTIONC
6
14
12
13
5
7Y
B
L–Y
GR
L–Y
GR
L–Y
F1
X1
V1
V1
X1
X1
X1
A
A
B
1
3
R
W
62
4
9
11
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
6
2
3
8
B
Y
R
W
B
Y
R
W
R
W
R
W
B
Y
REAR SPEAKER LH(W/G)
ROOF SPEAKER REAR(W/G)
REAR SPEAKER RH(W/G)
LH
RH
E
D
(W/G
)
( W/G
)
( W/G
)
( W/G
)
(S/D)
(S/D)
(S/D)
(S/D)
REAR SPEAKER(S/D)
LH
R
W
B
Y
1
2
1
2
R
W
B
Y
H1
19
20
17
18
H1
H1
H1
RH
LH
RH
P
V
L
LG
FRONT SPEAKER
1
2
1
2
R
W
B
Y
P
V
L
LG
A
B
B
B
A
A
AA
5
1
6
2
3
1
6
7
E
BR
RA
DIO
AN
DTA
PE
PLA
YE
R
2
3
4
J/B NO. 3
L–Y
F
G
H
I
K
J
20ADOME
1F 2F1 2
7. 5ARADIO
1B
1G
14
10
153
(A) RADIO AND TAPE RLAYER4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A R5 28 E S11 27 I S11 26
B R4 28 F R23 27 J S7 28
C J1 27 G R24 27 K S8 28
D S10 27 H S10 26
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1G18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2F 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F134 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F234 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
V1 38 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
X1 38 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
E 34 LEFT KICK PANEL
1 2 1 21 2 3 4 5 6 7
9 11 12 13 14
A C FBLUE (W/G) (W/G)B BLUE H I J
1 2 3 4
5 6 7
1 2
3 6
D E K G
SERVICE HINTS
154
COMBINATION METER
F13
L113 L110 L116 H115 H116 L12
V33 V38
C B B B A A A C
A A
1 1
H
G
B K I E
V39
H113
1 4
2 3
6
6 5 4 9 5 4 3 8
2
2
6
FRO
MTC
CS
EC
UC
RU
ISE
CO
NT
RO
LC
OM
PU
TER
EC
TE
CU
A/C
AC
CE
LER
AT
ION
CU
TA
MP
LIE
R
A/T
OIL
TEM
P
WA
TE
RT
EM
P.
CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
FU
EL
FU
EL
GA
UG
E
SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R
TA
CH
O
TO
TCC
SE
CU
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
FLU
IDT
EM
P.
SW
( A/T
)
WA
TE
RT
EM
P.
SE
ND
ER
IGNITER
FUELSENDER
(2VZ–FE)
(3S–FE)
V BR
Y–G
V BR
Y–G
G–R
Y–R
Y–L
W–B B
BY–L
Y–R
BR
BR
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–L
YY
V–Y
Y–L
Y–R
BRW–B
(ALL–TRAC/4WD) (FWD)
D E
F
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
L413 L410 L416 L42
( EX
.3S
–FE
FWD
)( 3
S–F
EF
WD
)
(3S–FE FWD)(EX. 3S–FE FWD)
1F2
7. 5AGAUGE
3B9
J/BNO. 3
155
L19
F14
1
1
2
1
B
BABA
TOLI
GH
TF
AIL
UR
ES
EN
SO
R
TO
CH
AR
GE
FU
SE
FR
OM
IGN
FUS
E
81079
3
PA
RK
ING
BR
AK
ES
W
BR
AK
EF
LUID
LEV
EL
WA
RN
ING
SW
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
OIL
BR
AK
E
RE
AR
LIG
HT
S
CH
AR
GE
Y
Y–G
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
W–B
GR
Y–B
B–O
R–W
I
KJ
L49
(3S
–FE
FW
D)
( EX
.3S
–FE
FW
D)
3B15
3B
14
J/B
NO
.3
1F5
1B11
D
1B8
156
COMBINATION METER
COMBINATION METER(A) 6–GROUND : 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON(B) 3–GROUND : 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON(B) 5, (A) 3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(A) FUEL GAUGE6–4 : APPROX. 64.3 6–3 : APPROX. 233.3 4–3 : APPROX. 169.0
WATER TEMP. GAUGE(A) 6–(B) 4 : APPROX. 56 (A) 6–(B) 5 : APPROX. 145 (B) 4–(B) 5 : APPROX. 201
(E) WATER TEMP. SENDER(NIPPON DENSO MAKE)1–GROUND : APPROX. 226 AT 50°C (122°F)
APPROX. 26.4 AT 115°C (239°F)(YAZAKI MAKE)1–GROUND : APPROX. 152.7 AT 60°C (140°F)
APPROX. 26.4 AT 115°C (239°F)
(F) FUEL SENDER3–4 : APPROX. 3 WITH FUEL FULL
APPROX. 110.0 WITH FUEL EMPTY
(I) OIL PRESSURE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH OIL PRESSURE BELOW 0.2 KG/CM2 (2.84 PSI, 19.61 KPA)
(J) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT DOWN
(K) PARKING BRAKE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A C13 28 E W1 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE) H I2 25
B C11 28 F F9 26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G) I O5 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
C C12 28 F F10 26 (S/D) J B2 24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
D A44 25 G I3 24 K P1 28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3B 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
L134 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
L434 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
V3 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 (BACK PANEL LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
B30 (2VZ–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDB32 (3S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
E 34 LEFT KICK PANEL
I36 (S/D)
LEFT REAR FENDERI38 (STATION W/G)
LEFT REAR FENDER
K 36 BACK PANEL CENTER
SERVICE HINTS
157
158
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE)
1. RECIRC/FRESH CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC)
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SERVO MOTOR. WHEN THERECIRC SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL I2 OF THE HEATERCONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHENIT IS IN THE RECIRC POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS IN THAT POSITION.
WITH THE CIRCUIT FOR THE INDICATOR LIGHT, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE → TERMINAL I7 OF THE HEATERCONTROL ASSEMBLY → INDICATOR LIGHT → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND AND THE INDICATOR LIGHT CONTINUES TO LIGHT UPWHILE THE RECIRC SW IS ON.
(SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH)
WHEN THE IGNITION IS ON AND THE FRESH SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SERVO MOTOR →TERMINAL I10 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPERMOVES TO THE FRESH SIDE. WHEN THE DAMPER IS IN THE FRESH POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTORAND THE DAMPER STOPS IN THAT POSITION.
2. OPERATION OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)(SWITCHING FROM FACE TO BI–LEVEL)
WHEN THE BI–LEVEL SW IS TURNED ON WITH THE DAMPER IN THE FACE POSITION, A SIGNAL THAT THE CIRCUIT IS GROUNDED ISOUTPUT FROM TERMINAL I12 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 6 OF THE SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D11 OFTHE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER. (AT THIS TIME, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH TERMINAL I7 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLYFLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP). AT THE SAME TIME, THE SIGNAL FORWHEN THE CIRCUIT IS NOT GROUNDED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D10 OF THE AMPLIFIER. THESE 2 SIGNALS CAUSE THE AMPLIFIERTO OPERATE AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D5 OF THE AMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D4 → GROUND,WHICH ROTATES THE SERVO MOTOR, CAUSING THE DAMPER TO MOVE TO THE BI–LEVEL POSITION.
WHEN THE DAMPER COMES TO THE BI–LEVEL POSITION, A SIGNAL THAT THE GROUND CIRCUIT IS CUT IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D11OF THE AMPLIFIER, AND AMPLIFIER OPERATION CAUSES THE SERVO MOTOR TO STOP ROTATING AND THE DAMPER TO STAY INPOSITION.
(SWITCHING TO OTHER MODE POSITIONS)
WHEN SWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM FACE TOWARDS DEF, AS EXPLAINED BEFORE, A GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALD11 OF THE AMPLIFIER AND A NON–GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D10 SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D5→ SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D4, MOVING THE DAMPER TO THE DESIRED POSITION.
WHEN SWITCHING THE DAMPER IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION FROM DEF TOWARDS FACE, A GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL D10 OF THE AMPLIFIER AND A NON–GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D11 SO THAT THE CURRENT FLOWS FROMTERMINAL D4 → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D5, CAUSING THE SERVO MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE AND MOVING THEDAMPER TO THE DESIRED POSITION.
3. OPERATION OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)(SWITCHING FROM WARM TO COOL)
WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL KNOB IS SWITCHED FROM WARM POSITION TO COOL POSITION, THE RESISTANCE INSIDETHE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY BECOMES GREATER THAN THE RESISTANCE INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR. THE SIGNAL AT THISTIME IS INPUT TO THE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, CAUSING THE AMPLIFIER TO OPERATE. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D8 OF THEAMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D9 → GROUND, CHANGING THE DAMPER FROM WARM TO COOL POSITION. WHEN THERESPECTIVE RESISTANCES ARE THE SAME VALVE, THE SERVO MOTOR STOP.
(SWITCHING FROM COOL TO WARM)
WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL KNOB IS SWITCHED FROM COOL POSITION TO WARM POSITION, THE RESISTANCE INSIDETHE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY BECOMES LESS THAN THE RESISTANCE INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR. THE SIGNAL AT THIS TIMEIS INPUT TO THE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, CAUSING THE AMPLIFIER TO OPERATE. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D9 OF THEAMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D8 → GROUND, CHANGING THE DAMPER FROM COOL TO WARM POSITION. WHEN THERESPECTIVE RESISTANCE ARE THE SAME VALVE, THE SERVO MOTOR STOPS.
4. RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FROM THE IGN FUSE FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 1 OF THE RADIATOR FANRELAY NO. 1 → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C WATERTEMP. SW → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE RELAY. AT THIS TIME, CURRENT IS SUPPLIED FROM THE FL 30A RDI FAN TO TERMINAL 4OF THE RELAY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FROM THE IGN FUSE FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 6 OF THE CONDENSER FANRELAY NO. 2 → COIL → TERMINAL 2 → A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW → A/C WATER TEMP. SW → GROUND, THEN THROUGH THE FL 30ACDS → TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 4 →TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY NO. 3.
* LOW SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE A/C MAGNET CLUTCH IS TURNED ON DURING A/C OPERATION, CURRENT FROM THE A/C FUSE FLOWS THROUGHTERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE CONDENSER FAN RELAY NO. 3 →TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, ACTIVATING RELAY NO. 3. THEN THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL 2 OF RELAY NO. 3 FLOWSTHROUGH TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND. SINCE THE CONDENSER ANDRADIATOR FAN MOTORS ARE CONNECTED IN SERIES, BOTH FANS ROTATE AT LOW SPEED.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
159
* HIGH SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE WATER TEMP. REACHES APPROX. 90°C (194°F) OR MORE (A/C WATER TEMP. SW IS OFF) OR THE REFRIGERANTPRESSURE REACHES 15.5 KG/CM2 (220 PSI, 1520 KPS) OR MORE (A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW IS OFF), CURRENT TO THE RADIATORFAN RELAY NO. 1 AND CONDENSER FAN RELAY NO. 2 IS CUT OFF AND THAT TO THE MOTOR IS SUPPLIED IN PARALLEL, CAUSINGTHE MOTOR TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.
5. AIR CONDITIONER OPERATIONWHEN THE BLOWER SW IS SET TO ON, CURRENT FROM THE 30A HEATER CB FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL I14 (PUSH SWITCHTYPE), 5 (LEVER SWITCH TYPE) OF THE A/C SW, TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OFTHE A/C AMPLIFIER, TERMINAL 1 OF THE MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY VIA THE A/C FUSE. THE ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL FROM IGNITER,THE EVAPORATOR TEMP. SIGNAL FROM THE A/C THERMISTOR, AND THE LOCK SIGNAL FROM THE A/C COMPRESSOR ARE ALLSUPPLIED TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER. WHEN THE A/C SW IS TURNED ON, THE A/C SW ON SIGNAL IS SENT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER,ACTIVATING IT AND TURNING ON THE MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY, SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY →TERMINAL 2 → MAGNET CLUTCH, CAUSING THE COMPRESSOR TO OPERATE, THEN THE MAGNET CLUTCH ACTIVATING THECOMPRESSOR. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO THE A/C IDLE–UP VSV FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 5 OF THEAMPLIFIER, ACTIVATING THE COMPRESSOR. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO THE A/C IDLE–UP VSV FLOWSTHROUGH TERMINAL 5 OF THE AMPLIFIER, ACTIVATING THE VSV TO PREVENT ENGINE SPEED DROP IN A/C OPERATION. THE A/COPERATION IS SHUT OFF WHEN A SIGNAL INDICATING LOW EVAPORATOR TEMP., GREAT DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ENGINE ANDCOMPRESSOR SPEEDS, HIGH WATER TEMP. SIGNAL, OR ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW REFRIGERANT PRESSURE, IS SUPPLIEDWHILE THE ENGINE HIGH SPEED SIGNAL EXISTS. WHEN ONE OF THESE SIGNALS IS RECEIVED, THE AMPLIFIER SHUTS OFF THEA/C OPERATION.
WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS 25 KM/H (16 MPH) OR LESS AND THE THROTTLE OPENING ANGLE IS APPROX. 80% OR MORE,OPERATION OF THE A/C ACCELERATION CUT AMPLIFIER STOPS A/C OPERATION FOR APPROX. 3 SECONDS.
WHEN THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ENGINE AND COMPRESSOR SPEED IS EXCESSIVE, THE AMPLIFIER TURNS ON THE A/CSW INDICATOR LIGHT TO INDICATE A FAULT.
160
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE LEVER SWITCH TYPE)
M
30AFLRDI FAN
30AFLCDS FAN
RA
DIA
TO
RF
AN
RE
LAY
NO
.1
A/C
FA
NR
ELA
YN
O.
2
A/C
FAN
RE
LAY
NO
.3
W–
BW
–B
C
B–W
TCCS ECU
A/C ACCELERATIONCUT AMPLIFIER
ALT
A/C
V–Y
G–W
Y–R W–B
TO
SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R[C
OM
B.
ME
TER
]
W–B
A/C AMPLIFIER
G
W–
B
B–W
Y–R
Y–G
Y–RY–R
A/C
IDLE
–UP
VS
VY
–R
A/CMAGNETCLUTCH
V–YV–Y
L–B
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)(FWD)
J24
107
25
1
15
16
6
3
6 2 5
4
J311J15
J313J17
E
K
J
I
B–W
W–B
2
1
H
J11J33
J18J314
J12J34
2
B–W
2
MAGNETCLUTCHRELAY
2
B11
2E1
D113
2G3
C14
B12
WW
2
1
B–
BB
–OL
2 2
R
2
22
2 2
22
W–
B
L–B
–R B–W
W–B
W–B
W–R
B
M
2
1
A
2
1
1
B–R
W–B
L
RA
DIA
TO
RF
AN
MO
TO
R
A/C
HIG
HP
RE
SS
UR
ES
W( F
OR
RA
DIA
TO
RF
AN
)
A/C
WA
TE
RT
EM
P.
SW
( FO
RR
AD
IAT
OR
FA
N)
BC
D
3 22 4
4 3
4 1
6 1
2 1
3
6
L4
6
L1
6
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)(FWD)
C42
MAGNETCLUTCHRELAY
A12
1
2
A11 C41
B–W
B–W
L–Y
B–W
L–Y
Y–R
R–L
R–L
Y–R
(USA) ( CA
NA
DA
)( US
A)
B–W
( CA
NA
DA
)
2 3
1 1
32
F (CANADA)
( US
A)
( CA
NA
DA
)
Y–R
Y–R
Y–R
Y–R
Y( A
LL–T
RA
C/4
WD
)
A/C
DU
AL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
G
W
RR
( US
A)
(USA)
(USA)
( CA
NA
DA
)
(CANADA)
(USA)
A/C CONDENSERFAN MOTOR
A
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
FW
D)
2
Y–G
( FW
D)
7. 5AIGN
1I6O
2C4
2E3
B
2E
2
2A4
2E
2A
5
7 2C6
2E6
161
M
M2 M1HI
A/C
TH
ER
MIS
TO
R
A/C
CO
MP
RE
SS
OR
SE
NS
OR
IGN
ITE
R
BLOWER SW
W–B
W–B
W–B
H
B–W L–W
L–O
L–B
B–W
W–
B
L–W
W–
B
BLOWER RESISTORB–
W
B–W
BLOWERMOTOR
L
R–L
40AHEATERCB
1
OFF
LO
HEATERRELAY
Y–G
V–R
V–R
LG–R
B–
YY
–B
A/C
WA
TE
RT
EM
P.
SW
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)(FWD)
B
W–R
W–L
W–L
W–Y
B
W–R
W–L
W–L
W–Y
4
4
10AA/C
1 4
3 9 13 8
J23 J21
A/C AMPLIFIERI
Q
O P
1 2 6
2 1
J35J13
J315J19
J36J14
W–B
41
44
44
4
44 45 42
4
6
R
S
T
3
6
8
4 2
1 2
1
5
2
1
K1
11
J3
1
1
J32
1 3
2 4
L
M
A/C CUTRELAY
1 4
2
3 5
1
2
B
J2
5
Y–G(FWD)
Y
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
V–R
Y–G
Y–G Y–G
Y–G
Y–G
BL
V–W
B
2
5
(FWD)
A/C SWNL
V–W
Y(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
6
1N9
7. 5AGAUGE
162
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE LEVER SWITCH TYPE)
RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 14–3 : OPEN WITH IGNITIION SW ON, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON AND WATER TEMP. SW ON
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2(2) 1–(2) 3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF OR A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW OFF OR WATER TEMP. SW OFF(2) 1–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON AND WATER TEMP. SW ON
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3(2) 2–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MAGNET CLUTCH ON
HEATER RELAY(4) 4–(4) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BLOWER SW ON
(C) A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)1–2 : OPEN ABOVE 18 KG/CM2 (256 PSI, 1765 KPA)
CLOSED BELOW 14 KG/CM2 (199 PSI, 1373 KPA)
(D) A/C WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)1–GROUND : OPEN ABOVE 90°C (194°F)
CLOSED BELOW 83°C (181°F)
(G) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW1–2 : OPEN WITH PRESSURE LESS THAN 2.1 KG/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR ABOVE 27 KG/CM2 (384 PSI, 2648 KPA)
(H) A/C IDLE–UP VSV1–2 : APPROX. 40 Ω
(J) A/C ACCELERATION CUT AMPLIFIER3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS FOR 3 SECONDS WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ABOVE 80% AND
VEHICLE SPEED BELOW 25 KM/H (15.5 MPH)
(O) A/C THERMISTORAPPROX. 1.5 KΩ AT 25°C (77°F)
(S) BLOWER RESISTOR1–2 : APPROX. 1.5 Ω2–4 : APPROX. 0.8 Ω3–4 : APPROX. 0.4 Ω
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A A8 25 H A11 25 N H6 28
B R1 25 I A19 25 (FWD) O A24 28
C A10 25 I A20 28 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) P A7 25
D A13 25 J A18 28 Q I2 25
E A12 25 K T3 28 R B5 28
F A43 25 (CANADA) L A21 28 S B6 28
G A9 25 M A14 25 (ALL–TRAC/4WD) T H7 28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
4 23 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1I18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1N18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2C 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E 20 ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2G 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
SERVICE HINTS
163
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
A1 32 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
B1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
C1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
C4 32 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D1 32 ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
J1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
J2 34 COWL WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
J3 34 ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
K1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
L134 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
L434 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
A 32 RIGHT FENDER
C 32 RADIATOR LEFT
H 34 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
164
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
M
M
40AHEATERCB
R–L R–L
R–L
L
HE
AT
ER
RE
LAY
L–W
W–B B
B–W
BLOWER CONTROLRELAY
B
L–B
L–O
W–B
B–W
L–BB
B
L–B
L–O
1
2
BLOWERMOTOR
A
B–W
B–W W–B
C BLOWER RESISTOR
W–B
W–B
H
F AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
LGBR
–Y
R–B
BR
–B
LG–R
B–W
LG–B
BR
–Y
LG–R
B–W
LG–B
R–BLG
R–L
B
B–W
L–B
L–O
L–W
BR–B
PO
PO
VE
NT
HE
AT
4 4
444
B–W
4
D D E E E E D D
G
G
9 8 5 7 8 6 12 13
2
1
4 1
35
1
2
42 45 44
2 8 11 7 14 1 13 12 6
1
2
4
57
8
6
3
A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER
6
2 1
5
1N9
7. 5AGAUGE
165
M
B
R–L
R–L
17
B
R–L
A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER
Y–L
L–O
R–W
W–G
L–B
W–B
L–R
Y–R
G–W
Y–B
G–R
B–W
L–B
L–O
L–W
BR–B
BR
–B
R–W
Y–R
G–W
Y–B
G–R
L–O
Y–L
W–G
L–B
L–R
L–W
L–O
L–B
B–W
DEF
FOOT/DEF
FOOT
BI–LEVEL
FACE
H AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
LOOFF M1 M2 HI
HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY
W–B
W–B 17
21
W–B
D D E EDD D
E
10 5 6 9 3 4 11 I I J J J J1 9 3 4 5 6
I
43
4
6
10 11 1 4 5 16 10
166
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
M
B
R–L
B
R–L
1
R–L
Y–R
Y G–W
Y–B
G–R
V–WLG
–B
SYSTEM AMPLIFIER
2 3 RECIRC/FRESHCONTROL SERVOMOTOR
W–R
W–G
FR
ES
H/R
EC
IRC
G–W
Y–B
G–R
V–W
10 6
Y–R
Y G–W
Y–B
G–R
W–G
W–R
V–WLG
–B
W–B W–B
FACE BI–LEVEL FOOT FOOT–DEF DEF RECIRC/FRESH A/CAUTO
HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY
I I I I I I
E D E E E D D3 14 1 4 12 2 6
1115312134 I I I2
K
R
F
Y–R
167
10AA/C
2
1
B
Y–G
Y–G
R–L
V–W
Y–R
Y–G
V–W
B–
W6251
4 3 9 13 8 10
7A/C AMPLIFIER
J2
7 14
A/C
TH
ER
MIS
TO
R
1
2
W–L
L B W–B
W–B
V–Y
J1
J1 J1
4
7 5
6
4 2 5
A/C ACCELERATIONCUT AMPLIFIER
V–Y
L–B
L16
V–Y
TO SPEED SENSOR[COMB. METER]
61
2
J1 J13 9
W–
LW
–L
W–
R
BIG
NIT
ER
A/C
CO
MP
RE
SS
OR
SE
NS
OR
J2
4 W–BW–B
8 L
G
J35 J3
J3 J3
6
13 11
J315
( FW
D)
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)( F
WD
)( A
LL–
TR
AC
/4W
D)
1
3
K1
11
J1J3
13
J1J3
814
J1J3
24
J32
J23
3 1
4 2
1
2
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)(FWD)
A/C
CU
TR
ELA
Y
A/C
IDLE
–U
PV
SV
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
Y (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
Y–G (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
Y–GY–G
(FWD)
Y–R
Y–R
Y–G
Y–R Y–R(CANADA)
B–W(USA)
V–R
LG–R
R–L
L–Y
V–R
V–R
Y–B
G
Y–R
A/C
WA
TE
RT
EM
P.
SW
( FO
RA
/CC
UT
)
2
A/C
DU
AL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
4
4
P
ML
O
T
Q
N
II
R
SI
Y–G
A1
1
J3
1
J2
5
A1
2
1
L46
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
R–L
L–Y
(USA)
(CANADA)
(USA)
(CANADA)
B–Y
C4
2
C4
1Y–R(USA)
B–W
(CANADA)
R–L
Y–G
W–Y
W–
L
W–
R
G–
W
Y–R
1
168
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
M
M
30AFLRDIFAN
30AFLCDSFAN
D1
C1
B1
B–O
B–O
B
1
2
A/C FANRELAY NO. 2
1 6
4 2
B–R
L
B1
A/C FANRELAY NO. 3
2
4
B
L–B
1
2
1
A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW(FOR RADIATOR FAN)
BR
A/C WATER TEMP. SW(FOR RADIATOR FAN)
RADIATORFAN MOTOR
LW
–B
A
W–B
C
1
B–W
B–W
16 15
ALT A/CTCCS ECU
W–B
B–W
W–B
3
B–W
W–B 3
1
L–B
6
W–R
B–W
1
2
3 2
1
MAGNET CLUTCHRELAY
22
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 2
2
2
2
131
2
4
A/C CONDENSERFAN MOTOR
A/C MAGNETCLUTCH
U
W
X
Y
a
Z
B–W
( US
A)
(CANADA)
(USA)
B–W
1 3
2
(CANADA)
MAGNETCLUTCHRELAY
V
( CA
NA
DA
)( C
AN
AD
A)
RW
(USA)
(USA)
WW
RR
L–Y
L–Y
R–L(CANADA)
R–L(USA)
1I6
7. 5AIGN
2G3
2E
2E
1
3
RADIATOR FANRELAY NO. 1
2 3
1 4
2C4
2E
2A2C
2E 2E
2A
6
6
5
7
2
4
169
RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 14–3 : OPEN WITH IGNITION SW ON A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON OR WATER TEMP. SW ON
HEATER RELAY(4) 4–(4) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BLOWER SW ON
(C) BLOWER RESISTOR1–2 : APPROX. 1.20 Ω1.5 : APPROX. 3.70 Ω2–6 : APPROX. 0.40 Ω
(I) HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY1–9 : MORE THAN 2700 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT COOL POSITION
LESS THAN 290 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT WARM POSITIONAPPROX. 1500 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT MIDDLE POSITION 25°C (77°F)
(K) A/C IDLE–UP VSV1–2 : APPROX. 40 Ω
(M) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW1–2 : OPEN WITH PRESSURE LESS THAN 2.1 KG/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR ABOVE 27 KG/CM2 (384 PSI, 2648 KPA)
(T) A/C ACCELERATION CUT AMPLIFIER3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS FOR 3 SECONDS WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ABOVE 80% AND
VEHICLE SPEED BELOW 25 KM/H (15.5 MPH)
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2(2) 1–(2) 3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF OR A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW OFF OR WATER TEMP. SW OFF(2) 1–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON AND WATER TEMP. SW ON
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3(2) 2–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH MAGNET CLUTCH ON
(X) A/C MAGNET CLUTCH1–GROUND : APPROX. 3.7 Ω
(Z) A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)1–2 : OPEN ABOVE 15.5 KG/CM2 (220 PSI, 1520 KPA)
CLOSED BELOW 12.5 KG/CM2 (178 PSI, 1226 KPA)
(a) A/C WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)1–GROUND : OPEN ABOVE 90°C (194°F)
CLOSED BELOW 83°C (181°F)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A B5 28 K R8 28 T A18 28
B B4 28 L A11 25 U A8 25
C B6 28 M A9 25 V A43 25 (CANADA)
D A22 28 N A21 28 W T3 28
E A23 28 O A19 28 X A12 25
F A27 28 O A20 28 Y R1 25
G A27 28 P A14 25 Z A10 25
H A28 28 Q A24 28 a A13 25
I H6 28 R A7 25
J H7 28 S I2 25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
4 23 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1I18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1N18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2C 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E 20 ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2G 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
SERVICE HINTS
170
RADIATOR FAN AND ATR COMDITIONER (3S–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
B1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)C1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)C4 32 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)D1 32 ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)J1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)J2 34 COWL WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)J3 34 ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)K1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
L134 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
L434 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
A 32 RIGHT FENDERC 32 RADIATOR LEFTH 34 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
171
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE)
1. RECIRC/FRESH CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC)WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SERVO MOTOR. WHEN THERECIRC SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL I2 OF THE HEATERCONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHENIT IS IN THE RECIRC POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS IN THAT POSITION.WHEN THE CIRCUIT FOR THE INDICATOR LIGHT, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE → TERMINAL I7 OF THE HEATERCONTROL ASSEMBLY → INDICATOR LIGHT → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND AND THE INDICATOR LIGHT CONTINUES TO LIGHT UPWHILE THE RECIRC SW IS ON.(SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH)WHEN THE IGNITION IS ON AND THE FRESH SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SERVO MOTOR →TERMINAL I10 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPERMOVES TO THE FRESH SIDE. WHEN THE DAMPER IS IN THE FRESH POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTORAND THE DAMPER STOPS IN THAT POSITION.
2. OPERATION OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)(SWITCHING FROM FACE TO BI–LEVEL)WHEN THE BI–LEVEL SW IS TURNED ON WITH THE DAMPER IN THE FACE POSITION, A SIGNAL THAT THE CIRCUIT IS GROUNDED ISOUTPUT FROM TERMINAL I12 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 6 OF THE SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D11 OFTHE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER. (AT THIS TIME, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH TERMINAL I7 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLYFLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP). AT THE SAME TIME, THE SIGNAL FORWHEN THE CIRCUIT IS NOT GROUNDED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D10 OF THE AMPLIFIER. THESE 2 SIGNALS CAUSE THE AMPLIFIERTO OPERATE AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D5 OF THE AMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D4 → GROUND,WHICH ROTATES THE SERVO MOTOR, CAUSING THE DAMPER TO MOVE TO THE BI–LEVEL POSITION.WHEN THE DAMPER COMES TO THE BI–LEVEL POSITION, A SIGNAL THAT THE GROUND CIRCUIT IS CUT IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D11OF THE AMPLIFIER, AND AMPLIFIER OPERATION CAUSES THE SERVO MOTOR TO STOP ROTATING AND THE DAMPER TO STAY INPOSITION.(SWITCHING TO OTHER MODE POSITIONS)WHEN SWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM FACE TOWARDS DEF, AS EXPLAINED BEFORE, A GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALD11 OF THE AMPLIFIER AND A NON–GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D10 SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D5→ SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D4, MOVING THE DAMPER TO THE DESIRED POSITION.WHEN SWITCHING THE DAMPER IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION FROM DEF TOWARDS FACE, A GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL D10 OF THE AMPLIFIER AND A NON–GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D11 SO THAT THE CURRENT FLOWS FROMTERMINAL D4 → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D5, CAUSING THE SERVO MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE AND MOVING THEDAMPER TO THE DESIRED POSITION.
3. OPERATION OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)(SWITCHING FROM WARM TO COOL)WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL KNOB IS SWITCHED FROM WARM POSITION TO COOL POSITION, THE RESISTANCE INSIDETHE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY BECOMES GREATER THAN THE RESISTANCE INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR. THE SIGNAL AT THISTIME IS INPUT TO THE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, CAUSING THE AMPLIFIER TO OPERATE. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D8 OF THEAMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D9 → GROUND, CHANGING THE DAMPER FROM WARM TO COOL POSITION. WHEN THERESPECTIVE RESISTANCES ARE THE SAME VALVE, THE SERVO MOTOR STOP.(SWITCHING FROM COOL TO WARM)WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL KNOB IS SWITCHED FROM COOL POSITION TO WARM POSITION, THE RESISTANCE INSIDETHE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY BECOMES LESS THAN THE RESISTANCE INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR. THE SIGNAL AT THIS TIMEIS INPUT TO THE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, CAUSING THE AMPLIFIER TO OPERATE. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D9 OF THEAMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D8 → GROUND, CHANGING THE DAMPER FROM COOL TO WARM POSITION. WHEN THERESPECTIVE RESISTANCES ARE THE SAME VALVE, THE SERVO MOTOR STOPS.
4. RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON, TURNING THE ENGINE MAIN RELAY TO ON CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW TO THE RAD FAN FUSEAND THE CDS FAN FUSE.
* LOW SPEED OPERATIONOPERATION OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER TURNS RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2AND NO. 3 TO ON, AND CURRENT FROM THE CDS FAN FUSE FLOWS IN SERIES FROM THE CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL1 OF THE A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 4 → RADIATOR FAN MOTOR →GROUND, CAUSING EACH FAN TO ROTATE AT LOW SPEED. [THIS IS WHEN THE WATER TEMP. IS APPROX. 85° TO 90°C (185° TO194°F).]
* HIGH SPEED OPERATION
OPERATION OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN AMPLIFIER AND HIGH PRESSURE SW CAUSES CURRENT TO THE COIL SIDE OFRADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 TO BE CUT (BOTH RELAYS OFF). ACCORDINGLY, CURRENT FROM THE RADFAN FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 → TERMINAL 3 → RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → GROUND, ANDCURRENT FROM THE CDS FAN FUSE FLOWS FROM THE CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 →TERMINAL 3 → GROUND. THIS PARALLEL CURRENT FLOW TO BOTH MOTORS CAUSES BOTH FANS TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.[THIS IS WHEN THE WATER TEMP. IS APPROX. 90°C (194°F) OR MORE WITH THE MAGNET CLUTCH OFF, OR ELSE WITH THEMAGNET CLUTCH ON AND THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE AT 15.5 KG/CM2 (220 PSI, 1520 KPS) OR MORE.]
SYSTEM OUTLINE
172
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE)
5. AIR CONDITIONER OPERATIONWHEN THE BLOWER SW IS SET TO ON, CURRENT FROM THE 30A HEATER CB FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL I14 (PUSH SWITCHTYPE), 5 (LEVER SWITCH TYPE) OF THE A/C SW, TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 14 OFTHE A/C AMPLIFIER, TERMINAL 1 OF THE MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY VIA THE A/C FUSE. THE ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL FROM IGNITER,THE EVAPORATOR TEMP. SIGNAL FROM THE A/C THERMISTOR, AND THE LOCK SIGNAL FROM THE A/C COMPRESSOR ARE ALLSUPPLIED TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER. WHEN THE A/C SW IS TURNED ON, THE A/C SW ON SIGNAL IS SENT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER,ACTIVATING IT AND TURNING ON THE MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY, SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY →TERMINAL 2 → MAGNET CLUTCH, CAUSING THE COMPRESSOR TO OPERATE, THEN THE MAGNET CLUTCH ACTIVATING THECOMPRESSOR. THE A/C OPERATION IS SHUT OFF WHEN A SIGNAL INDICATING LOW EVAPORATOR TEMP., GREAT DIFFERENCEBETWEEN THE ENGINE AND COMPRESSOR SPEEDS, HIGH WATER TEMP. SIGNAL, OR ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW REFRIGERANTPRESSURE, IS SUPPLIED WHILE THE ENGINE HIGH SPEED SIGNAL EXISTS. WHEN ONE OF THESE SIGNALS IS RECEIVED, THEAMPLIFIER SHUTS OFF THE A/C OPERATION.
WHEN THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ENGINE AND COMPRESSOR SPEED IS EXCESSIVE, THE AMPLIFIER TURNS ON THE A/CSW INDICATOR LIGHT TO INDICATE A FAULT.
173
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE LEVER SWITCH TYPE)
RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 14–3 : OPEN WITH IGNITION SW ON, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON AND WATER TEMP. SW ON
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2(2) 1–(2) 3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF OR A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW OFF(2) 1–(2) 4 : CLOSED IGNITION SW ON AND A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3(2) 2–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MAGNET CLUTCH ON
(C) A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)1–2 : OPEN ABOVE 18 Kg/CM2 (256 PSI, 1765 KPA)
CLOSED BELOW 14 Kg/CM2 (199 PSI, 1373 KPA)
(L) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW1–2 : OPEN WITH PRESSUR LESS THAN 2.1 Kg/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR ABOVE 27 Kg/CM2 (384 PSI, 2648 KPA)
(G) A/C WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)1–GROUND : OPEN ABOVE 90°C (194°F)
CLOSED BELOW 83°C (181°F)
(P) A/C THERMISTOR1–2 : APPROX. 1.5 KΩ AT 25°C (77°F)
HEATER RELAY(4) 4–(4) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BLOWER SW ON
(T) BLOWER RESISTOR1–2 : APPROX. 1.5 Ω2–4 : APPROX. 0.8 Ω3–4 : APPROX. 0.4 Ω
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A A8 24 G A13 24 (W/O A/C) O A25 28
B R1 24 H A21 28 P A25 28
C A10 24 (W/ A/C) I A43 24 (CANADA) Q A7 24
C A10 24 (W/O A/C) J T4 28 R I3 24
D S1 24 K T2 28 S B5 28
E A12 24 L A9 24 T B6 28
F A18 28 M H6 28 U H7 28
G A13 24 (W/ A/C) N A19 28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
4 23 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1I18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1N18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2C 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E 20 ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2G 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
A2 30 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
C1 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
C5 30 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D1 30 ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
J2 34 COWL WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
J3 34 ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
K1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
SERVICE HINTS
174
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE LEVER SWITCH TYPE)
RA
DIA
TO
RFA
NR
ELA
YN
O.
1
C14
D113
2 2
22
22
2 2
2
4 3
2 43 2
4 1 6 1
2 1
3
A/C
FA
NR
ELA
YN
O.
2
A/C
FA
NR
ELA
YN
O.
3
B–R
A
M
2
1
2
1L
LB
–OB
B–O
M2 1
6
2
C
L–B
( W/A
/C)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
J38
1
J318 J36
B–W
W–R
W–B
B–W
B–O
B–W
B–W
B–W
B–W B–Y
Y R G
B–W
2
B–O
2 2
2 3
1 1
2 3
R–L
B–W
L–Y
R–L
L–Y
(USA)
(CANADA)
(USA)
(CANADA)
( CA
NA
DA
)
I
B–W
( US
A)
2
1
4 6
7 5 1 6
3 1 2 7
3 4
P( W
/A
/C)
LG( W
/A
/C)
B–W
Y–R
G–W
W–B
COMPRESSORCONTROL AMPLIFIER
A/C CONDENSER FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIERF
H
J3
161 2
W–B
Y–R
B–Y
A/C CONDENSERFAN MOTOR
40AHEATERFAN
30AFLCDS FAN
MAGNETCLUTCHRELAY
MAGNETCLUTCHRELAY
A/C
MA
GN
ET
CLU
TC
H
E
D SHORT PIN(FOR FAN CHECK)
RA
DIA
TO
RFA
NM
OTO
R
B
A
B–R
C5A2
22
C5A2
11
(CANADA)(USA)
(USA) (CANADA)
A2C5
33
( CA
NA
DA
)( U
SA
)
B12
B1
1R R
RW
W
W
(USA)(USA)( U
SA
)( U
SA
)
( CA
NA
DA
)
(CANADA)A
/CH
IGH
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
( FO
RR
AD
IAT
OR
FA
N)
C
B–R
L–B
( W/O
A/C
)
(W/O A/C)
(W/ A/C)
2
1
SH
OR
TP
IN
B
BR(W/ A/C)
BR(W/O A/C)
J37
A/C
WA
TE
RT
EM
P.
SW
( FO
RC
ON
DE
NS
ER
FA
N)
J3
17
WA
TE
RT
EM
PS
EN
SO
R( F
OR
CO
ND
EN
SE
RF
AN
)
L LG
( W/
A/C
)
LG
(W/O A/C)
Y( W
/A
/C)
Y( W
/OA
/C)
2
(W/ A/C)
1
W
W
( W/A
/C)
(W/O A/C)
P(W/ A/C)
L–B(W/O A/C)
P
( W/
A/C
)
G G
C
B–R
5
1I6
7. 5AIGN
2E1
2G3
4
2E
2C
3
2A4
2E
2
2E6
2C6
2E5
2A7
175
M
M2 M1HI
2
5
1
2
P
A/C
TH
ER
MIS
TO
R U
BLOWER SW 8
W–B
W–B
W–B
4
H
4 424
6
1 2
5
5
B–W L–W
2
3 1
L–O
L–B
B–W
W–B
L–W
W–B
4
BLOWER RESISTOR
T
B–W
B–W
S
BLOWERMOTOR
2
1
1
OFF
LO
BR
–WB
R–W
J34 J314 J313 J35
J21
W–L
W
W–R B
BL–R
W–L
W–L
W–L
W–R2
21
3
IGN
ITE
R
A/C
CO
MP
RE
SS
UR
SE
NS
OR
Q
R
78139
4
6
2
1
J2
4
W–B
B–Y
B–Y
W–BW–BW–B
A/C DIODE
O
3
A/C AMPLIFIERN
4
J23
J310 J33 J39
K1
9
1
2
2
6
101411121
5
Y–R
B–Y
W–B
G–W
Y–R
Y–G
G–W
L–W
B–
W
Y–R
L
V–WY–R
B–W 4 4
4 4
4
4
Y–G
W–B
B
R–L L
Y–G
B
L–W
1 4
3 5
2
Y–G
Y–RY
–R
Y–R
J K
L–B
B–G
ACT A/C
L
V–
W
G–W
2
1
TCCSECU
22 10
LA
/CD
UA
LP
RE
SS
UR
ES
W
M A/C SW
30AHEATERCB
10AA/C
B
W–B
A/C
2HEATERRELAY
1N9
7. 5AGAUGE
176
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE LEVER SWITCH TYPE)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
A 30 RIGHT FENDER
C 30 RADIATOR LEFT
H 34 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
177
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
178
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
M
M
30AHEATERCB
R–L
W–B B
5
4
2
1
7
8
6
BLOWER CONTROLRELAY
3
B
BB
–W
L–B
L–O
6
2 1
5
1
2
BLOWERMOTOR
BLOWER RESISTOR
W–B
W–B
H
AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
2 8 11 7 15 1 13
LGBR
–Y
R–B
BR
–B
LG–R
B–W
LG–B
BR
–Y
LG–R
B–W
LG–B
R–BLG
612
VE
NT
HE
AT
D D E E E E D D1312687589
O P
O P
R–L
44
4 44
4
L–W
R–L
B
B–W
L–B
L–O
BR–B
L–W
W–B
L–O
L–B
B–W
R–LR–L
B–W
L–B
W–BB–W
B–W
1
2G
A
F
B
C
HE
AT
ER
RE
LAY
G
14
2
5 3
1
42 45 44
L
A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER
1N9
7. 5AGAUGE
179
M
B
R–L
17
B
A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER
10 11 16 101 4 5
Y–L
L–O
R–W
W–G
L–B
W–B
L–R
Y–R
G–W
Y–B
G–R
B–W
L–B
L–O
L–W
BR–B
BR
–B
R–W L–
R
L–W
L–O
L–B
B–W
DEF
FOOT/DEF
FOOT
BI–LEVEL
FACE
AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
LOOFF M1 M2 HI
HEATER CONTROL SW
W–B
W–B 17
2110
W–B
R–LR–L
E
D D D D D E E
H
I
I I J J J J1 9 3 4 5 6
43
4
6
5 6 9 3 4 11
Y–R
G–W Y–B
G–R
L–O
Y–L
W–G
L–B
180
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
M
B B
R–L
Y–R
Y G–W
Y–B
G–R
V–WLG
–B
A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER
RECIRC/FRESHCONTROL SERVOMOTOR
W–R
W–G
FR
ES
H/R
EC
IRC
G–W
Y–B
G–R
V–W
Y–
R
Y G–W
Y–
B
G–R
W–
G
W–
R
V–
W
LG–B
W–B W–B
FACE BI–LEVEL FOOT FOOT/DEF DEF RECIRC/FRESH A/C
R–L R–L
HEATER CONTROL SW
I I I I I I I I I61021115312134
E D E E E D D3 14 11 4 12 2 6
K
2 3
1
Y–R
F
R
181
2
1
J34
J21
J23 J33 J310 J39
J2
4
3952
2
1
11210
2210
I8
3
A/C AMPLIFIER
A/C
CO
MP
RE
SS
OR
SE
NS
OR
A/C
TH
ER
MIS
TO
R
A/C DUALPRESSURE SW
10AA/C
TCCS ECU
V–W
R–L
B
W–L
W–B
Y–G
G–
W
L–W
V–W
L
BR
–W
W–L
W–
B
W–L
W–L
L–B
B–G
V–W
Y–G
R–L
Y–G
L
L
Q
P
O
A/C ACT
K1
11
1 2
J315
J313J314 J35
2
1
13 8 7 1 6 7
14 11 4 53
2
IGN
ITE
R
Y–G Y–R Y–R
W–BW–B
B
W–RW
B
W–R
L–R
B–Y
W–
B
P
Y–
R
B–
W
Y–R
G–W LG
Y–R
G–W
Y–R
B–Y
B–Y
COMPRESSORCONTROLAMPLIFIER
R
T
A/C
DIO
DE
SII 147
4
4
NM
1
2
1
2
J317
J37
WY
WA
TE
RT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
( FO
RR
AD
IAT
OR
FA
N)
U
L–W
182
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
183
RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 13–4 : OPEN WITH IGNITION SW ON AND, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON OR WATER TEMP. IS APPROX. 90°C (194°F) OR MORE
HEATER RELAY(4) 4–(4) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BLOWER SW ON
(C) BLOWER RESISTOR1–2 : APPROX. 1.20 Ω1–5 : APPROX. 3.70 Ω2–6 : APPROX. 0.40 Ω
(I) HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY1–9 : MORE THAN 2700 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT COOL POSITION
LESS THAN 290 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT WARM POSITIONAPPROX. 1500 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT MIDDLE POSITION 25°C (77°F)
(L) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW1–2 : OPEN WITH PRESSURE LESS THAN 2.1 KG/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR ABOVE 27 KG/CM2 (384 PSI, 2648 KPA)
(W) A/C CONDENSOR FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(V) A/C MAGNET CLUTCH1–GROUND : APPROX. 3.7 Ω
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2(2) 1–(2) 3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW OFF OR WATER TEMP. SW OFF(2) 1–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON AND/OR WATER TEMP. IS
APPROX. 90°C (194°F) OR MORE
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3(2) 1–(2 ) 4 : CLOSED WITH MAGNET CLUTCH ON
(c) A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)1–2 : OPEN ABOVE 15.5 KG/CM2 (220 PSI, 1520 KPA)
CLOSED BELOW 12.5 KG/CM2 (178 PSI, 1226 KPA)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A B5 28 K R8 28 U W3 24
B B4 28 L A9 24 V A12 24
C B6 28 M T2 28 W A18 28
D A22 28 N T4 28 X A43 24
E A23 28 O A19 28 Y A13 24
F A27 28 P A25 28 Z A8 24
G A27 28 Q A7 24 a R1 24
H A28 28 R I3 24 b S1 24
I H6 28 S A25 28 c A10 24
J H7 28 T A21 28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
4 23 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1I18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1N18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2C 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E 20 ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2G 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
SERVICE HINTS
184
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
A2 30 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
B1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
C1 30 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
C5 30 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D1 30 ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
J2 34 COWL WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
J3 34 ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
K1 34 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
A 30 RIGHT FENDER
C 30 RADIATOR LEFT
H 34 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
186
GROUND POINTS
W
KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID
DIMMER SW
CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. METER]
FRONT WIPERAND WASHER SW
LIGHT CONTROL SW
STARTER RELAY
MAP LIGHT
BRAKE FLUID LEVELWARNING SW
DOOR LOCK CONTROLRELAY
DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDFRONT RH
DOOR LOCKCONTROL SW RH
DOOR LOCK KEYSW RH
POWER MAIN RELAY
TURN SIGNALFLASHER
DOOR LOCK CONTROLSW LH
DOOR LOCK KEYSW LH
OUT SIDE HANDLE SW
DOOR LOCKSOLENOID FRONT LH
POWER WINDOWMASTER SW
AUTOMATIC SHOULDERBELT SW LH
INTEGRATION RELAY
SEAT BELT WARNINGRELAY
AUTOMATIC SHOULDERBELT SW RH
CRUISE CONTROLCOMPUTER
HEATER RELAY
HEATER CONTROLASSEMBLY
BLOWER CONTROLRELAY
HEATER BLOWER SW
M1
6
J2
4
E2
2
F1
8
O1
7
O2
9
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–BW–B
W–B (M/T)
W–B(W/O MOON ROOF) W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B W–B
W–B
W–B W–B
W–BW–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
H
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
4
3
4
5
46
4
1
4
2
SYSTEM AMPLIFIER
BLOWER RESISTOR
4
4 W–B
W–B
COMPRESSORCONTROL AMPLIFIER
A/C AMPLIFIER
A/C ACCELERATIONCUT AMPLIFIER
W–B
1
3
W–
BW
–BW
–BW
–BW
–BW
–B
4
2
(2VZ–FE)
(3S–FE)
(3S–FE)
( EX
.CA
NA
DA
3S–F
EW
/P
OW
ER
WIN
DO
W)
( CA
NA
DA
3S–F
E/
PO
WE
RW
IND
OW
)
A/C CONDENSOR FANCONTROL AMPLIFIER
W–B
(W/ A/C)
(W/ A/C)
W–B
UNLOCK WARNING SWW–B
F
RUNNING LIGHTSRELAY
W–B
W–B
W–B
(W/ CANADA)
CRUISE CONTROLCLUTCH SW
W–B
W–B
RADIO ANDTAPE PLAYER
BACK DOOR LOCKCONTROL SW
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW
COMB. METER(SPEED SENSOR)
FUEL SENDER(ANALOG)
MOON ROOFCONTROL RELAY
MOON ROOFLIMIT SW
MOON ROOF SW
MAP LIGHT
E
V3
9
H113
J
G
P1
1
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–BW–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B(ANALOG)
BR
W–B
BR
BR
(FWD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
BR
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)(W/ MOON ROOF)
OX SENSOR (SUB)W–BBR
(2VZ–FE)
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER
B (S/D)
1M
7
1I
13
1M
3
1N
11
1C
1
8
1L
9
1L
14
1F
3
1K
5
1J1
18
D
187
COMB. METER
GLOVE BOX LIGHTSW
REOSTAT
CRUISE CONTROLMAIN SW
CLOCK
DIFF LOCK CONTROLSW
DEFOGGER SW
REAR WIPER SW
A/T INDICATOR 3D
15W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
CENTER DIFF. LOCKINDICATOR LIGHT
SHIFT LOCK CONTROLCOMPUTER
O/D MAIN SW
A. B. S. COMPUTERW–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
(ANALOG)
ECT SOLENOID
CHECK CONNECTOR
THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR
AIR FLOW METER
EFI WATER TEMP.SENSOR
TCCS ECU
TCCS ECU
EGRGAS TEMP. SENSOR
COMB. METER(WATER TEMP. )
ECT SOLENOID
NOISE FILTER
ECT ECU
REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH
REAR SIDE MARKERLIGHT RH
FUEL SENDER
FUEL PUMP
REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT LH
LICENCE PLATE LIGHTLH
LICENCE PLATE LIGHTRH
REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH
ANTENNA MOTORAND CONTROL RELAY
LIGHT FAILURESENSOR
REAR COMBIANTIONLIGHT LH
REAR SIDE MARKERLIGHT LH
REAR COMBIANTIONLIGHT LH
FUEL PUMP
AUTOMATIC SHOULDERBELT COMPUTER
OX SENSOR (SUB)
ECT ECU
(E02)
(E01)
(E1)
(E21)
L3
6
U1
3
L1
12
Q1
12
B
K
V37V2(S/D)4
a12
V1(STATION W/G)7
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
( FW
D) W
–B
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D) W
–B
W–B
W–
BW
–B
W–B
BR
BR
BR
BR(3S–FE W/O ECT)
BR(3S–FE W/O ECT)
BR(3S–FE W/O ECT)
W–B(3S–FE W/O ECT)
BR
BR
BR
BR BR
(2VZ–FE) W–B
W–B
BR
BR
BR
W–B
W–B
W–B(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
( ALL
–TR
AC
/4W
D)
SPOOL RELEACE SW
BUCKLE SW
POWER SEAT SW
FUEL SENDER
M I
W–B
(FWD) W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
(FWD)
W–B
W–B
W–
B
W–
B
W–B
W–B
(2VZ–FE)
L4
10
L1
10
W–B
(S/D) W–B
a2
1
OX SENSOR (MAIN)BR
BR
(3S–FE FWD)
(EX. 3S–FE FWD)
BR(FWD)
W–B
3B
3
3A
1
3A
2
3C
15
3C
14
3B
2
3A
3
3C
16
J/B NO. 3
3D
14
3D
16
188
GROUND POINTS
ENGINE MAIN RELAY
EFI MAIN RELAY
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3
CIRCUIT OPENINGRELAY
HEAD LIGHTS RH
FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT LH
FRONT CLEARANCELIGHT RH
FRONT CLEARANCELIGHT LH
FRONT TURN SIGNALLIGHT RH
A. B. S. ACTUATOR
A. B. S. CHECKCONNECTOR
RADIATOR FANMOTOR
CRUISE CONTROLVACUUM PUMP
CRUISE CONTROLVACUUM SW
C A
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
(W/O A. B. S. )
2
3
2
3
AIR FLOW METERW–B
HEAD LIGHTS LHW
–B
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER
HIGH MOUNT STOPLIGHT
BACK DOORCOURTESY SW
LICENCE PLATE RH
LICENCE PLATE LH
REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH
REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT LH
LW2
1
Y2
1
W–B
W–B
W–BW–B W–B
B
B
(STATION W/G) (STATION W/G)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
(STATION W/G)
(STATION W/G)
(STATION W/G)
(STATION W/G)
(STATION W/G)
(STATION W/G)
W–B
W–B
W–B
(W/ CANADA)
2E
5
2C
3
2A7
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 21 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 18 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
4 21 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
189
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B 18 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)1C 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)1F 18 COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)1I1J1K
18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)1L 18 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1M1N2A 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)2C 20 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)2E 20 ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)3A3B
22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)3C 22 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
E2 34 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)F1 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)H1 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)J2 34 COWL WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)L1L3 34 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)L4
34 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
M1 34 COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)O1
34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)O2 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
P136 (S/D)
ROOF NO 2 WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF ROOF RIGHT)P138 (STATION W/G)
ROOF NO. 2 WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF, ROOF RIGHT)
Q136 (S/D)
FLOOR NO 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (FLOOR CENTER)Q138 (STATION W/G)
FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (FLOOR CENTER)
U1 36 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR)V1 38 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)V2
36 (S/D) FLOOR NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)V3 36 (S/D) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
W2 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)Y2 38 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
a136 (S/D)
FLOOR NO 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO 1 WIRE (UNDER REAR SEAT PANEL)a138 (STATION W/G)
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER REAR SEAT PANEL)
a2 34 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER DRIVER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
A30 (2VZ–FE)
RIGHT FENDERA32 (3S–FE)
RIGHT FENDER
B30 (2VZ–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDB32 (3S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
C30 (2VZ–FE)
RADIATOR LEFTC32 (3S–FE)
RADIATOR LEFT
D 34 J/B NO. 1 SET BOLTE 34 LEFT KICK PANELF 34 INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
G36 (S/D)
ROOF RIGHT (W/ MOON ROOM)G38 (STATION W/G)
ROOF RIGHT (W/ MOON ROOM)
H 34 R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
I36 (S/D)
LEFT REAR FENDERI38 (STATION W/G)
LEFT REAR FENDER
J 36 RIGHT REAR PILLAR
K36 (S/D) BACK PANEL CENTER
K 38 (STATION W/G) DECK RIGHTL 38 BACK DOOR RIGHT
M36 (S/D)
RIGHT REAR FENDERM38 (STATION W/G)
RIGHT REAR FENDER